src/generic/grid.cpp

   1 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
   2 // Name:        src/generic/grid.cpp
   3 // Purpose:     wxGrid and related classes
   4 // Author:      Michael Bedward (based on code by Julian Smart, Robin Dunn)
   5 // Modified by: Robin Dunn, Vadim Zeitlin
   6 // Created:     1/08/1999
   7 // RCS-ID:      $Id$
   8 // Copyright:   (c) Michael Bedward (mbedward@ozemail.com.au)
   9 // Licence:     wxWindows licence
  10 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
  11
  12 // For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx/wx.h".
  13 #include "wx/wxprec.h"
  14
  15 #ifdef __BORLANDC__
  16     #pragma hdrstop
  17 #endif
  18
  19 #if wxUSE_GRID
  20
  21 #ifndef WX_PRECOMP
  22     #include "wx/utils.h"
  23     #include "wx/dcclient.h"
  24     #include "wx/settings.h"
  25     #include "wx/log.h"
  26     #include "wx/textctrl.h"
  27     #include "wx/checkbox.h"
  28     #include "wx/combobox.h"
  29     #include "wx/valtext.h"
  30     #include "wx/intl.h"
  31     #include "wx/math.h"
  32 #endif
  33
  34 #include "wx/textfile.h"
  35 #include "wx/spinctrl.h"
  36 #include "wx/tokenzr.h"
  37 #include "wx/renderer.h"
  38
  39 #include "wx/grid.h"
  40 #include "wx/generic/gridsel.h"
  41
  42 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
  43     #define WXUNUSED_MOTIF(identifier)  WXUNUSED(identifier)
  44 #else
  45     #define WXUNUSED_MOTIF(identifier)  identifier
  46 #endif
  47
  48 #if defined(__WXGTK__)
  49     #define WXUNUSED_GTK(identifier)    WXUNUSED(identifier)
  50 #else
  51     #define WXUNUSED_GTK(identifier)    identifier
  52 #endif
  53
  54 // Required for wxIs... functions
  55 #include <ctype.h>
  56
  57 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  58 // array classes
  59 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  60
  61 WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_WITH_DECL_PTR(wxGridCellAttr *, wxArrayAttrs,
  62                                  class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV);
  63
  64 struct wxGridCellWithAttr
  65 {
  66     wxGridCellWithAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr_)
  67         : coords(row, col), attr(attr_)
  68     {
  69     }
  70
  71     ~wxGridCellWithAttr()
  72     {
  73         attr->DecRef();
  74     }
  75
  76     wxGridCellCoords coords;
  77     wxGridCellAttr  *attr;
  78
  79 // Cannot do this:
  80 //  DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCellWithAttr)
  81 // without rewriting the macros, which require a public copy constructor.
  82 };
  83
  84 WX_DECLARE_OBJARRAY_WITH_DECL(wxGridCellWithAttr, wxGridCellWithAttrArray,
  85                               class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV);
  86
  87 #include "wx/arrimpl.cpp"
  88
  89 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridCellCoordsArray)
  90 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridCellWithAttrArray)
  91
  92 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  93 // events
  94 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  95
  96 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK)
  97 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK)
  98 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK)
  99 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK)
 100 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_BEGIN_DRAG)
 101 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK)
 102 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK)
 103 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK)
 104 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK)
 105 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE)
 106 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE)
 107 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT)
 108 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE)
 109 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL)
 110 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN)
 111 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN)
 112 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_CREATED)
 113
 114 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 115 // private classes
 116 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 117
 118 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridRowLabelWindow : public wxWindow
 119 {
 120 public:
 121     wxGridRowLabelWindow() { m_owner = (wxGrid *)NULL; }
 122     wxGridRowLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id,
 123                           const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size );
 124
 125 private:
 126     wxGrid   *m_owner;
 127
 128     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event );
 129     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 130     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 131     void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event );
 132     void OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& );
 133     void OnChar( wxKeyEvent& );
 134
 135     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridRowLabelWindow)
 136     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 137     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridRowLabelWindow)
 138 };
 139
 140
 141 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridColLabelWindow : public wxWindow
 142 {
 143 public:
 144     wxGridColLabelWindow() { m_owner = (wxGrid *)NULL; }
 145     wxGridColLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id,
 146                           const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size );
 147
 148 private:
 149     wxGrid   *m_owner;
 150
 151     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event );
 152     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 153     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 154     void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event );
 155     void OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& );
 156     void OnChar( wxKeyEvent& );
 157
 158     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridColLabelWindow)
 159     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 160     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridColLabelWindow)
 161 };
 162
 163
 164 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCornerLabelWindow : public wxWindow
 165 {
 166 public:
 167     wxGridCornerLabelWindow() { m_owner = (wxGrid *)NULL; }
 168     wxGridCornerLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id,
 169                              const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size );
 170
 171 private:
 172     wxGrid *m_owner;
 173
 174     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 175     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 176     void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event );
 177     void OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& );
 178     void OnChar( wxKeyEvent& );
 179     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event );
 180
 181     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridCornerLabelWindow)
 182     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 183     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCornerLabelWindow)
 184 };
 185
 186 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridWindow : public wxWindow
 187 {
 188 public:
 189     wxGridWindow()
 190     {
 191         m_owner = NULL;
 192         m_rowLabelWin = NULL;
 193         m_colLabelWin = NULL;
 194     }
 195
 196     wxGridWindow( wxGrid *parent,
 197                   wxGridRowLabelWindow *rowLblWin,
 198                   wxGridColLabelWindow *colLblWin,
 199                   wxWindowID id, const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size );
 200     ~wxGridWindow() {}
 201
 202     void ScrollWindow( int dx, int dy, const wxRect *rect );
 203
 204     wxGrid* GetOwner() { return m_owner; }
 205
 206 private:
 207     wxGrid                   *m_owner;
 208     wxGridRowLabelWindow     *m_rowLabelWin;
 209     wxGridColLabelWindow     *m_colLabelWin;
 210
 211     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &event );
 212     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 213     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 214     void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& );
 215     void OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& );
 216     void OnChar( wxKeyEvent& );
 217     void OnEraseBackground( wxEraseEvent& );
 218     void OnFocus( wxFocusEvent& );
 219
 220     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridWindow)
 221     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 222     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridWindow)
 223 };
 224
 225
 226 class wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler : public wxEvtHandler
 227 {
 228 public:
 229     wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler(wxGrid* grid, wxGridCellEditor* editor)
 230         : m_grid(grid),
 231           m_editor(editor),
 232           m_inSetFocus(false)
 233     {
 234     }
 235
 236     void OnKillFocus(wxFocusEvent& event);
 237     void OnKeyDown(wxKeyEvent& event);
 238     void OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event);
 239
 240     void SetInSetFocus(bool inSetFocus) { m_inSetFocus = inSetFocus; }
 241
 242 private:
 243     wxGrid             *m_grid;
 244     wxGridCellEditor   *m_editor;
 245
 246     // Work around the fact that a focus kill event can be sent to
 247     // a combobox within a set focus event.
 248     bool                m_inSetFocus;
 249
 250     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 251     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler)
 252     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler)
 253 };
 254
 255
 256 IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler, wxEvtHandler)
 257
 258 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler, wxEvtHandler )
 259     EVT_KILL_FOCUS( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKillFocus )
 260     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKeyDown )
 261     EVT_CHAR( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnChar )
 262 END_EVENT_TABLE()
 263
 264
 265 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 266 // the internal data representation used by wxGridCellAttrProvider
 267 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 268
 269 // this class stores attributes set for cells
 270 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellAttrData
 271 {
 272 public:
 273     void SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row, int col);
 274     wxGridCellAttr *GetAttr(int row, int col) const;
 275     void UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows );
 276     void UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols );
 277
 278 private:
 279     // searches for the attr for given cell, returns wxNOT_FOUND if not found
 280     int FindIndex(int row, int col) const;
 281
 282     wxGridCellWithAttrArray m_attrs;
 283 };
 284
 285 // this class stores attributes set for rows or columns
 286 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridRowOrColAttrData
 287 {
 288 public:
 289     // empty ctor to suppress warnings
 290     wxGridRowOrColAttrData() {}
 291     ~wxGridRowOrColAttrData();
 292
 293     void SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int rowOrCol);
 294     wxGridCellAttr *GetAttr(int rowOrCol) const;
 295     void UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( size_t pos, int numRowsOrCols );
 296
 297 private:
 298     wxArrayInt m_rowsOrCols;
 299     wxArrayAttrs m_attrs;
 300 };
 301
 302 // NB: this is just a wrapper around 3 objects: one which stores cell
 303 //     attributes, and 2 others for row/col ones
 304 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellAttrProviderData
 305 {
 306 public:
 307     wxGridCellAttrData m_cellAttrs;
 308     wxGridRowOrColAttrData m_rowAttrs,
 309                            m_colAttrs;
 310 };
 311
 312
 313 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 314 // data structures used for the data type registry
 315 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 316
 317 struct wxGridDataTypeInfo
 318 {
 319     wxGridDataTypeInfo(const wxString& typeName,
 320                        wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
 321                        wxGridCellEditor* editor)
 322         : m_typeName(typeName), m_renderer(renderer), m_editor(editor)
 323         {}
 324
 325     ~wxGridDataTypeInfo()
 326     {
 327         wxSafeDecRef(m_renderer);
 328         wxSafeDecRef(m_editor);
 329     }
 330
 331     wxString            m_typeName;
 332     wxGridCellRenderer* m_renderer;
 333     wxGridCellEditor*   m_editor;
 334
 335     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridDataTypeInfo)
 336 };
 337
 338
 339 WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_WITH_DECL_PTR(wxGridDataTypeInfo*, wxGridDataTypeInfoArray,
 340                                  class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV);
 341
 342
 343 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridTypeRegistry
 344 {
 345 public:
 346   wxGridTypeRegistry() {}
 347     ~wxGridTypeRegistry();
 348
 349     void RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName,
 350                      wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
 351                      wxGridCellEditor* editor);
 352
 353     // find one of already registered data types
 354     int FindRegisteredDataType(const wxString& typeName);
 355
 356     // try to FindRegisteredDataType(), if this fails and typeName is one of
 357     // standard typenames, register it and return its index
 358     int FindDataType(const wxString& typeName);
 359
 360     // try to FindDataType(), if it fails see if it is not one of already
 361     // registered data types with some params in which case clone the
 362     // registered data type and set params for it
 363     int FindOrCloneDataType(const wxString& typeName);
 364
 365     wxGridCellRenderer* GetRenderer(int index);
 366     wxGridCellEditor*   GetEditor(int index);
 367
 368 private:
 369     wxGridDataTypeInfoArray m_typeinfo;
 370 };
 371
 372
 373 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 374 // conditional compilation
 375 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 376
 377 #ifndef WXGRID_DRAW_LINES
 378 #define WXGRID_DRAW_LINES 1
 379 #endif
 380
 381 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 382 // globals
 383 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 384
 385 //#define DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
 386 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
 387     static size_t gs_nAttrCacheHits = 0;
 388     static size_t gs_nAttrCacheMisses = 0;
 389 #endif
 390
 391 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 392 // constants
 393 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 394
 395 wxGridCellCoords wxGridNoCellCoords( -1, -1 );
 396 wxRect wxGridNoCellRect( -1, -1, -1, -1 );
 397
 398 // scroll line size
 399 // TODO: this doesn't work at all, grid cells have different sizes and approx
 400 //       calculations don't work as because of the size mismatch scrollbars
 401 //       sometimes fail to be shown when they should be or vice versa
 402 //
 403 //       The scroll bars may be a little flakey once in a while, but that is
 404 //       surely much less horrible than having scroll lines of only 1!!!
 405 //       -- Robin
 406 //
 407 //       Well, it's still seriously broken so it might be better but needs
 408 //       fixing anyhow
 409 //       -- Vadim
 410 static const size_t GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X = 15;  // 1;
 411 static const size_t GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X;
 412
 413 // the size of hash tables used a bit everywhere (the max number of elements
 414 // in these hash tables is the number of rows/columns)
 415 static const int GRID_HASH_SIZE = 100;
 416
 417 #if 0
 418 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 419 // private functions
 420 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 421
 422 static inline int GetScrollX(int x)
 423 {
 424     return (x + GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X - 1) / GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X;
 425 }
 426
 427 static inline int GetScrollY(int y)
 428 {
 429     return (y + GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y - 1) / GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y;
 430 }
 431 #endif
 432
 433 // ============================================================================
 434 // implementation
 435 // ============================================================================
 436
 437 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 438 // wxGridCellEditor
 439 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 440
 441 wxGridCellEditor::wxGridCellEditor()
 442 {
 443     m_control = NULL;
 444     m_attr = NULL;
 445 }
 446
 447 wxGridCellEditor::~wxGridCellEditor()
 448 {
 449     Destroy();
 450 }
 451
 452 void wxGridCellEditor::Create(wxWindow* WXUNUSED(parent),
 453                               wxWindowID WXUNUSED(id),
 454                               wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
 455 {
 456     if ( evtHandler )
 457         m_control->PushEventHandler(evtHandler);
 458 }
 459
 460 void wxGridCellEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& rectCell,
 461                                        wxGridCellAttr *attr)
 462 {
 463     // erase the background because we might not fill the cell
 464     wxClientDC dc(m_control->GetParent());
 465     wxGridWindow* gridWindow = wxDynamicCast(m_control->GetParent(), wxGridWindow);
 466     if (gridWindow)
 467         gridWindow->GetOwner()->PrepareDC(dc);
 468
 469     dc.SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN);
 470     dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(attr->GetBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID));
 471     dc.DrawRectangle(rectCell);
 472
 473     // redraw the control we just painted over
 474     m_control->Refresh();
 475 }
 476
 477 void wxGridCellEditor::Destroy()
 478 {
 479     if (m_control)
 480     {
 481         m_control->PopEventHandler( true /* delete it*/ );
 482
 483         m_control->Destroy();
 484         m_control = NULL;
 485     }
 486 }
 487
 488 void wxGridCellEditor::Show(bool show, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
 489 {
 490     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 491
 492     m_control->Show(show);
 493
 494     if ( show )
 495     {
 496         // set the colours/fonts if we have any
 497         if ( attr )
 498         {
 499             m_colFgOld = m_control->GetForegroundColour();
 500             m_control->SetForegroundColour(attr->GetTextColour());
 501
 502             m_colBgOld = m_control->GetBackgroundColour();
 503             m_control->SetBackgroundColour(attr->GetBackgroundColour());
 504
 505 // Workaround for GTK+1 font setting problem on some platforms
 506 #if !defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXGTK20__)
 507             m_fontOld = m_control->GetFont();
 508             m_control->SetFont(attr->GetFont());
 509 #endif
 510
 511             // can't do anything more in the base class version, the other
 512             // attributes may only be used by the derived classes
 513         }
 514     }
 515     else
 516     {
 517         // restore the standard colours fonts
 518         if ( m_colFgOld.Ok() )
 519         {
 520             m_control->SetForegroundColour(m_colFgOld);
 521             m_colFgOld = wxNullColour;
 522         }
 523
 524         if ( m_colBgOld.Ok() )
 525         {
 526             m_control->SetBackgroundColour(m_colBgOld);
 527             m_colBgOld = wxNullColour;
 528         }
 529
 530 // Workaround for GTK+1 font setting problem on some platforms
 531 #if !defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXGTK20__)
 532         if ( m_fontOld.Ok() )
 533         {
 534             m_control->SetFont(m_fontOld);
 535             m_fontOld = wxNullFont;
 536         }
 537 #endif
 538     }
 539 }
 540
 541 void wxGridCellEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& rect)
 542 {
 543     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 544
 545     m_control->SetSize(rect, wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE);
 546 }
 547
 548 void wxGridCellEditor::HandleReturn(wxKeyEvent& event)
 549 {
 550     event.Skip();
 551 }
 552
 553 bool wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 554 {
 555     bool ctrl = event.ControlDown();
 556     bool alt  = event.AltDown();
 557
 558 #ifdef __WXMAC__
 559     // On the Mac the Alt key is more like shift and is used for entry of
 560     // valid characters, so check for Ctrl and Meta instead.
 561     alt = event.MetaDown();
 562 #endif
 563
 564     // Assume it's not a valid char if ctrl or alt is down, but if both are
 565     // down then it may be because of an AltGr key combination, so let them
 566     // through in that case.
 567     if ((ctrl || alt) && !(ctrl && alt))
 568         return false;
 569
 570     int key = 0;
 571     bool keyOk = true;
 572
 573 #if wxUSE_UNICODE
 574     // if the unicode key code is not really a unicode character (it may
 575     // be a function key or etc., the platforms appear to always give us a
 576     // small value in this case) then fallback to the ASCII key code but
 577     // don't do anything for function keys or etc.
 578     key = event.GetUnicodeKey();
 579     if (key <= 127)
 580     {
 581         key = event.GetKeyCode();
 582         keyOk = (key <= 127);
 583     }
 584 #else
 585     key = event.GetKeyCode();
 586     keyOk = (key <= 255);
 587 #endif
 588
 589     return keyOk;
 590 }
 591
 592 void wxGridCellEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 593 {
 594     event.Skip();
 595 }
 596
 597 void wxGridCellEditor::StartingClick()
 598 {
 599 }
 600
 601 #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
 602
 603 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 604 // wxGridCellTextEditor
 605 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 606
 607 wxGridCellTextEditor::wxGridCellTextEditor()
 608 {
 609     m_maxChars = 0;
 610 }
 611
 612 void wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
 613                                   wxWindowID id,
 614                                   wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
 615 {
 616     m_control = new wxTextCtrl(parent, id, wxEmptyString,
 617                                wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize
 618 #if defined(__WXMSW__)
 619                                , wxTE_PROCESS_TAB | wxTE_AUTO_SCROLL
 620 #endif
 621                               );
 622
 623     // set max length allowed in the textctrl, if the parameter was set
 624     if (m_maxChars != 0)
 625     {
 626         ((wxTextCtrl*)m_control)->SetMaxLength(m_maxChars);
 627     }
 628
 629     wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
 630 }
 631
 632 void wxGridCellTextEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& WXUNUSED(rectCell),
 633                                            wxGridCellAttr * WXUNUSED(attr))
 634 {
 635     // as we fill the entire client area,
 636     // don't do anything here to minimize flicker
 637 }
 638
 639 void wxGridCellTextEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& rectOrig)
 640 {
 641     wxRect rect(rectOrig);
 642
 643     // Make the edit control large enough to allow for internal margins
 644     //
 645     // TODO: remove this if the text ctrl sizing is improved esp. for unix
 646     //
 647 #if defined(__WXGTK__)
 648     if (rect.x != 0)
 649     {
 650         rect.x += 1;
 651         rect.y += 1;
 652         rect.width -= 1;
 653         rect.height -= 1;
 654     }
 655 #else // !GTK
 656     int extra_x = ( rect.x > 2 ) ? 2 : 1;
 657
 658 // MB: treat MSW separately here otherwise the caret doesn't show
 659 // when the editor is in the first row.
 660 #if defined(__WXMSW__)
 661     int extra_y = 2;
 662 #else
 663     int extra_y = ( rect.y > 2 ) ? 2 : 1;
 664 #endif
 665
 666 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
 667     extra_x *= 2;
 668     extra_y *= 2;
 669 #endif
 670
 671     rect.SetLeft( wxMax(0, rect.x - extra_x) );
 672     rect.SetTop( wxMax(0, rect.y - extra_y) );
 673     rect.SetRight( rect.GetRight() + 2 * extra_x );
 674     rect.SetBottom( rect.GetBottom() + 2 * extra_y );
 675 #endif // GTK/!GTK
 676
 677     wxGridCellEditor::SetSize(rect);
 678 }
 679
 680 void wxGridCellTextEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
 681 {
 682     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 683
 684     m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col);
 685
 686     DoBeginEdit(m_startValue);
 687 }
 688
 689 void wxGridCellTextEditor::DoBeginEdit(const wxString& startValue)
 690 {
 691     Text()->SetValue(startValue);
 692     Text()->SetInsertionPointEnd();
 693     Text()->SetSelection(-1, -1);
 694     Text()->SetFocus();
 695 }
 696
 697 bool wxGridCellTextEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
 698 {
 699     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 700
 701     bool changed = false;
 702     wxString value = Text()->GetValue();
 703     if (value != m_startValue)
 704         changed = true;
 705
 706     if (changed)
 707         grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, value);
 708
 709     m_startValue = wxEmptyString;
 710
 711     // No point in setting the text of the hidden control
 712     //Text()->SetValue(m_startValue);
 713
 714     return changed;
 715 }
 716
 717 void wxGridCellTextEditor::Reset()
 718 {
 719     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 720
 721     DoReset(m_startValue);
 722 }
 723
 724 void wxGridCellTextEditor::DoReset(const wxString& startValue)
 725 {
 726     Text()->SetValue(startValue);
 727     Text()->SetInsertionPointEnd();
 728 }
 729
 730 bool wxGridCellTextEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 731 {
 732     return wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event);
 733 }
 734
 735 void wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 736 {
 737     // Since this is now happening in the EVT_CHAR event EmulateKeyPress is no
 738     // longer an appropriate way to get the character into the text control.
 739     // Do it ourselves instead.  We know that if we get this far that we have
 740     // a valid character, so not a whole lot of testing needs to be done.
 741
 742     wxTextCtrl* tc = Text();
 743     wxChar ch;
 744     long pos;
 745
 746 #if wxUSE_UNICODE
 747     ch = event.GetUnicodeKey();
 748     if (ch <= 127)
 749         ch = (wxChar)event.GetKeyCode();
 750 #else
 751     ch = (wxChar)event.GetKeyCode();
 752 #endif
 753
 754     switch (ch)
 755     {
 756         case WXK_DELETE:
 757             // delete the character at the cursor
 758             pos = tc->GetInsertionPoint();
 759             if (pos < tc->GetLastPosition())
 760                 tc->Remove(pos, pos + 1);
 761             break;
 762
 763         case WXK_BACK:
 764             // delete the character before the cursor
 765             pos = tc->GetInsertionPoint();
 766             if (pos > 0)
 767                 tc->Remove(pos - 1, pos);
 768             break;
 769
 770         default:
 771             tc->WriteText(ch);
 772             break;
 773     }
 774 }
 775
 776 void wxGridCellTextEditor::HandleReturn( wxKeyEvent&
 777                                          WXUNUSED_GTK(WXUNUSED_MOTIF(event)) )
 778 {
 779 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXGTK__)
 780     // wxMotif needs a little extra help...
 781     size_t pos = (size_t)( Text()->GetInsertionPoint() );
 782     wxString s( Text()->GetValue() );
 783     s = s.Left(pos) + wxT("\n") + s.Mid(pos);
 784     Text()->SetValue(s);
 785     Text()->SetInsertionPoint( pos );
 786 #else
 787     // the other ports can handle a Return key press
 788     //
 789     event.Skip();
 790 #endif
 791 }
 792
 793 void wxGridCellTextEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
 794 {
 795     if ( !params )
 796     {
 797         // reset to default
 798         m_maxChars = 0;
 799     }
 800     else
 801     {
 802         long tmp;
 803         if ( params.ToLong(&tmp) )
 804         {
 805             m_maxChars = (size_t)tmp;
 806         }
 807         else
 808         {
 809             wxLogDebug( _T("Invalid wxGridCellTextEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str() );
 810         }
 811     }
 812 }
 813
 814 // return the value in the text control
 815 wxString wxGridCellTextEditor::GetValue() const
 816 {
 817     return Text()->GetValue();
 818 }
 819
 820 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 821 // wxGridCellNumberEditor
 822 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 823
 824 wxGridCellNumberEditor::wxGridCellNumberEditor(int min, int max)
 825 {
 826     m_min = min;
 827     m_max = max;
 828 }
 829
 830 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
 831                                     wxWindowID id,
 832                                     wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
 833 {
 834 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 835     if ( HasRange() )
 836     {
 837         // create a spin ctrl
 838         m_control = new wxSpinCtrl(parent, wxID_ANY, wxEmptyString,
 839                                    wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
 840                                    wxSP_ARROW_KEYS,
 841                                    m_min, m_max);
 842
 843         wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
 844     }
 845     else
 846 #endif
 847     {
 848         // just a text control
 849         wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
 850
 851 #if wxUSE_VALIDATORS
 852         Text()->SetValidator(wxTextValidator(wxFILTER_NUMERIC));
 853 #endif
 854     }
 855 }
 856
 857 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
 858 {
 859     // first get the value
 860     wxGridTableBase *table = grid->GetTable();
 861     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER) )
 862     {
 863         m_valueOld = table->GetValueAsLong(row, col);
 864     }
 865     else
 866     {
 867         m_valueOld = 0;
 868         wxString sValue = table->GetValue(row, col);
 869         if (! sValue.ToLong(&m_valueOld) && ! sValue.empty())
 870         {
 871             wxFAIL_MSG( _T("this cell doesn't have numeric value") );
 872             return;
 873         }
 874     }
 875
 876 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 877     if ( HasRange() )
 878     {
 879         Spin()->SetValue((int)m_valueOld);
 880         Spin()->SetFocus();
 881     }
 882     else
 883 #endif
 884     {
 885         DoBeginEdit(GetString());
 886     }
 887 }
 888
 889 bool wxGridCellNumberEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
 890                                      wxGrid* grid)
 891 {
 892     bool changed;
 893     long value = 0;
 894     wxString text;
 895
 896 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 897     if ( HasRange() )
 898     {
 899         value = Spin()->GetValue();
 900         changed = value != m_valueOld;
 901         if (changed)
 902             text = wxString::Format(wxT("%ld"), value);
 903     }
 904     else
 905 #endif
 906     {
 907         text = Text()->GetValue();
 908         changed = (text.empty() || text.ToLong(&value)) && (value != m_valueOld);
 909     }
 910
 911     if ( changed )
 912     {
 913         if (grid->GetTable()->CanSetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER))
 914             grid->GetTable()->SetValueAsLong(row, col, value);
 915         else
 916             grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, text);
 917     }
 918
 919     return changed;
 920 }
 921
 922 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::Reset()
 923 {
 924 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 925     if ( HasRange() )
 926     {
 927         Spin()->SetValue((int)m_valueOld);
 928     }
 929     else
 930 #endif
 931     {
 932         DoReset(GetString());
 933     }
 934 }
 935
 936 bool wxGridCellNumberEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 937 {
 938     if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) )
 939     {
 940         int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
 941         if ( (keycode < 128) &&
 942              (wxIsdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-'))
 943         {
 944             return true;
 945         }
 946     }
 947
 948     return false;
 949 }
 950
 951 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 952 {
 953     int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
 954     if ( !HasRange() )
 955     {
 956         if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-')
 957         {
 958             wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(event);
 959
 960             // skip Skip() below
 961             return;
 962         }
 963     }
 964 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 965     else
 966     {
 967         if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) )
 968         {
 969             wxSpinCtrl* spin = (wxSpinCtrl*)m_control;
 970             spin->SetValue(keycode - '0');
 971             spin->SetSelection(1,1);
 972             return;
 973         }
 974     }
 975 #endif
 976
 977     event.Skip();
 978 }
 979
 980 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
 981 {
 982     if ( !params )
 983     {
 984         // reset to default
 985         m_min =
 986         m_max = -1;
 987     }
 988     else
 989     {
 990         long tmp;
 991         if ( params.BeforeFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
 992         {
 993             m_min = (int)tmp;
 994
 995             if ( params.AfterFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
 996             {
 997                 m_max = (int)tmp;
 998
 999                 // skip the error message below
1000                 return;
1001             }
1002         }
1003
1004         wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellNumberEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str());
1005     }
1006 }
1007
1008 // return the value in the spin control if it is there (the text control otherwise)
1009 wxString wxGridCellNumberEditor::GetValue() const
1010 {
1011     wxString s;
1012
1013 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
1014     if ( HasRange() )
1015     {
1016         long value = Spin()->GetValue();
1017         s.Printf(wxT("%ld"), value);
1018     }
1019     else
1020 #endif
1021     {
1022         s = Text()->GetValue();
1023     }
1024
1025     return s;
1026 }
1027
1028 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1029 // wxGridCellFloatEditor
1030 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1031
1032 wxGridCellFloatEditor::wxGridCellFloatEditor(int width, int precision)
1033 {
1034     m_width = width;
1035     m_precision = precision;
1036 }
1037
1038 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
1039                                    wxWindowID id,
1040                                    wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
1041 {
1042     wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
1043
1044 #if wxUSE_VALIDATORS
1045     Text()->SetValidator(wxTextValidator(wxFILTER_NUMERIC));
1046 #endif
1047 }
1048
1049 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
1050 {
1051     // first get the value
1052     wxGridTableBase *table = grid->GetTable();
1053     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT) )
1054     {
1055         m_valueOld = table->GetValueAsDouble(row, col);
1056     }
1057     else
1058     {
1059         m_valueOld = 0.0;
1060         wxString sValue = table->GetValue(row, col);
1061         if (! sValue.ToDouble(&m_valueOld) && ! sValue.empty())
1062         {
1063             wxFAIL_MSG( _T("this cell doesn't have float value") );
1064             return;
1065         }
1066     }
1067
1068     DoBeginEdit(GetString());
1069 }
1070
1071 bool wxGridCellFloatEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
1072                                      wxGrid* grid)
1073 {
1074     double value = 0.0;
1075     wxString text(Text()->GetValue());
1076
1077     if ( (text.empty() || text.ToDouble(&value)) &&
1078             !wxIsSameDouble(value, m_valueOld) )
1079     {
1080         if (grid->GetTable()->CanSetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT))
1081             grid->GetTable()->SetValueAsDouble(row, col, value);
1082         else
1083             grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, text);
1084
1085         return true;
1086     }
1087
1088     return false;
1089 }
1090
1091 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::Reset()
1092 {
1093     DoReset(GetString());
1094 }
1095
1096 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1097 {
1098     int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1099     char tmpbuf[2];
1100     tmpbuf[0] = (char) keycode;
1101     tmpbuf[1] = '\0';
1102     wxString strbuf(tmpbuf, *wxConvCurrent);
1103
1104 #if wxUSE_INTL
1105     bool is_decimal_point = ( strbuf ==
1106        wxLocale::GetInfo(wxLOCALE_DECIMAL_POINT, wxLOCALE_CAT_NUMBER) );
1107 #else
1108     bool is_decimal_point = ( strbuf == _T(".") );
1109 #endif
1110
1111     if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-'
1112          || is_decimal_point )
1113     {
1114         wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(event);
1115
1116         // skip Skip() below
1117         return;
1118     }
1119
1120     event.Skip();
1121 }
1122
1123 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
1124 {
1125     if ( !params )
1126     {
1127         // reset to default
1128         m_width =
1129         m_precision = -1;
1130     }
1131     else
1132     {
1133         long tmp;
1134         if ( params.BeforeFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
1135         {
1136             m_width = (int)tmp;
1137
1138             if ( params.AfterFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
1139             {
1140                 m_precision = (int)tmp;
1141
1142                 // skip the error message below
1143                 return;
1144             }
1145         }
1146
1147         wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str());
1148     }
1149 }
1150
1151 wxString wxGridCellFloatEditor::GetString() const
1152 {
1153     wxString fmt;
1154     if ( m_precision == -1 && m_width != -1)
1155     {
1156         // default precision
1157         fmt.Printf(_T("%%%d.f"), m_width);
1158     }
1159     else if ( m_precision != -1 && m_width == -1)
1160     {
1161         // default width
1162         fmt.Printf(_T("%%.%df"), m_precision);
1163     }
1164     else if ( m_precision != -1 && m_width != -1 )
1165     {
1166         fmt.Printf(_T("%%%d.%df"), m_width, m_precision);
1167     }
1168     else
1169     {
1170         // default width/precision
1171         fmt = _T("%f");
1172     }
1173
1174     return wxString::Format(fmt, m_valueOld);
1175 }
1176
1177 bool wxGridCellFloatEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1178 {
1179     if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) )
1180     {
1181         int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1182         printf("%d\n", keycode);
1183         // accept digits, 'e' as in '1e+6', also '-', '+', and '.'
1184         char tmpbuf[2];
1185         tmpbuf[0] = (char) keycode;
1186         tmpbuf[1] = '\0';
1187         wxString strbuf(tmpbuf, *wxConvCurrent);
1188
1189 #if wxUSE_INTL
1190         bool is_decimal_point =
1191             ( strbuf == wxLocale::GetInfo(wxLOCALE_DECIMAL_POINT,
1192                                           wxLOCALE_CAT_NUMBER) );
1193 #else
1194         bool is_decimal_point = ( strbuf == _T(".") );
1195 #endif
1196
1197         if ( (keycode < 128) &&
1198              (wxIsdigit(keycode) || tolower(keycode) == 'e' ||
1199               is_decimal_point || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-') )
1200         {
1201             return true;
1202         }
1203     }
1204
1205     return false;
1206 }
1207
1208 #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
1209
1210 #if wxUSE_CHECKBOX
1211
1212 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1213 // wxGridCellBoolEditor
1214 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1215
1216 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
1217                                   wxWindowID id,
1218                                   wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
1219 {
1220     m_control = new wxCheckBox(parent, id, wxEmptyString,
1221                                wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
1222                                wxNO_BORDER);
1223
1224     wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
1225 }
1226
1227 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& r)
1228 {
1229     bool resize = false;
1230     wxSize size = m_control->GetSize();
1231     wxCoord minSize = wxMin(r.width, r.height);
1232
1233     // check if the checkbox is not too big/small for this cell
1234     wxSize sizeBest = m_control->GetBestSize();
1235     if ( !(size == sizeBest) )
1236     {
1237         // reset to default size if it had been made smaller
1238         size = sizeBest;
1239
1240         resize = true;
1241     }
1242
1243     if ( size.x >= minSize || size.y >= minSize )
1244     {
1245         // leave 1 pixel margin
1246         size.x = size.y = minSize - 2;
1247
1248         resize = true;
1249     }
1250
1251     if ( resize )
1252     {
1253         m_control->SetSize(size);
1254     }
1255
1256     // position it in the centre of the rectangle (TODO: support alignment?)
1257
1258 #if defined(__WXGTK__) || defined (__WXMOTIF__)
1259     // the checkbox without label still has some space to the right in wxGTK,
1260     // so shift it to the right
1261     size.x -= 8;
1262 #elif defined(__WXMSW__)
1263     // here too, but in other way
1264     size.x += 1;
1265     size.y -= 2;
1266 #endif
1267
1268     int hAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
1269     int vAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
1270     if (GetCellAttr())
1271         GetCellAttr()->GetAlignment(& hAlign, & vAlign);
1272
1273     int x = 0, y = 0;
1274     if (hAlign == wxALIGN_LEFT)
1275     {
1276         x = r.x + 2;
1277
1278 #ifdef __WXMSW__
1279         x += 2;
1280 #endif
1281
1282         y = r.y + r.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
1283     }
1284     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_RIGHT)
1285     {
1286         x = r.x + r.width - size.x - 2;
1287         y = r.y + r.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
1288     }
1289     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_CENTRE)
1290     {
1291         x = r.x + r.width / 2 - size.x / 2;
1292         y = r.y + r.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
1293     }
1294
1295     m_control->Move(x, y);
1296 }
1297
1298 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Show(bool show, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
1299 {
1300     m_control->Show(show);
1301
1302     if ( show )
1303     {
1304         wxColour colBg = attr ? attr->GetBackgroundColour() : *wxLIGHT_GREY;
1305         CBox()->SetBackgroundColour(colBg);
1306     }
1307 }
1308
1309 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
1310 {
1311     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1312                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
1313
1314     if (grid->GetTable()->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL))
1315     {
1316         m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValueAsBool(row, col);
1317     }
1318     else
1319     {
1320         wxString cellval( grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col) );
1321         m_startValue = !( !cellval || (cellval == wxT("0")) );
1322     }
1323
1324     CBox()->SetValue(m_startValue);
1325     CBox()->SetFocus();
1326 }
1327
1328 bool wxGridCellBoolEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
1329                                    wxGrid* grid)
1330 {
1331     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1332                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
1333
1334     bool changed = false;
1335     bool value = CBox()->GetValue();
1336     if ( value != m_startValue )
1337         changed = true;
1338
1339     if ( changed )
1340     {
1341         if (grid->GetTable()->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL))
1342             grid->GetTable()->SetValueAsBool(row, col, value);
1343         else
1344             grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, value ? _T("1") : wxEmptyString);
1345     }
1346
1347     return changed;
1348 }
1349
1350 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Reset()
1351 {
1352     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1353                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
1354
1355     CBox()->SetValue(m_startValue);
1356 }
1357
1358 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::StartingClick()
1359 {
1360     CBox()->SetValue(!CBox()->GetValue());
1361 }
1362
1363 bool wxGridCellBoolEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1364 {
1365     if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) )
1366     {
1367         int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1368         switch ( keycode )
1369         {
1370             case WXK_SPACE:
1371             case '+':
1372             case '-':
1373                 return true;
1374         }
1375     }
1376
1377     return false;
1378 }
1379
1380 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1381 {
1382     int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1383     switch ( keycode )
1384     {
1385         case WXK_SPACE:
1386             CBox()->SetValue(!CBox()->GetValue());
1387             break;
1388
1389         case '+':
1390             CBox()->SetValue(true);
1391             break;
1392
1393         case '-':
1394             CBox()->SetValue(false);
1395             break;
1396     }
1397 }
1398
1399
1400 // return the value as "1" for true and the empty string for false
1401 wxString wxGridCellBoolEditor::GetValue() const
1402 {
1403   bool bSet = CBox()->GetValue();
1404   return bSet ? _T("1") : wxEmptyString;
1405 }
1406
1407 #endif // wxUSE_CHECKBOX
1408
1409 #if wxUSE_COMBOBOX
1410
1411 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1412 // wxGridCellChoiceEditor
1413 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1414
1415 wxGridCellChoiceEditor::wxGridCellChoiceEditor(const wxArrayString& choices,
1416                                                bool allowOthers)
1417     : m_choices(choices),
1418       m_allowOthers(allowOthers) { }
1419
1420 wxGridCellChoiceEditor::wxGridCellChoiceEditor(size_t count,
1421                                                const wxString choices[],
1422                                                bool allowOthers)
1423                       : m_allowOthers(allowOthers)
1424 {
1425     if ( count )
1426     {
1427         m_choices.Alloc(count);
1428         for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
1429         {
1430             m_choices.Add(choices[n]);
1431         }
1432     }
1433 }
1434
1435 wxGridCellEditor *wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Clone() const
1436 {
1437     wxGridCellChoiceEditor *editor = new wxGridCellChoiceEditor;
1438     editor->m_allowOthers = m_allowOthers;
1439     editor->m_choices = m_choices;
1440
1441     return editor;
1442 }
1443
1444 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
1445                                     wxWindowID id,
1446                                     wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
1447 {
1448     m_control = new wxComboBox(parent, id, wxEmptyString,
1449                                wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
1450                                m_choices,
1451                                m_allowOthers ? 0 : wxCB_READONLY);
1452
1453     wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
1454 }
1455
1456 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& rectCell,
1457                                              wxGridCellAttr * attr)
1458 {
1459     // as we fill the entire client area, don't do anything here to minimize
1460     // flicker
1461
1462     // TODO: It doesn't actually fill the client area since the height of a
1463     // combo always defaults to the standard.  Until someone has time to
1464     // figure out the right rectangle to paint, just do it the normal way.
1465     wxGridCellEditor::PaintBackground(rectCell, attr);
1466 }
1467
1468 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
1469 {
1470     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1471                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
1472
1473     wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler* evtHandler = NULL;
1474     if (m_control)
1475         evtHandler = wxDynamicCast(m_control->GetEventHandler(), wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler);
1476
1477     // Don't immediately end if we get a kill focus event within BeginEdit
1478     if (evtHandler)
1479         evtHandler->SetInSetFocus(true);
1480
1481     m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col);
1482
1483     if (m_allowOthers)
1484     {
1485         Combo()->SetValue(m_startValue);
1486     }
1487     else
1488     {
1489         // find the right position, or default to the first if not found
1490         int pos = Combo()->FindString(m_startValue);
1491         if (pos == wxNOT_FOUND)
1492             pos = 0;
1493         Combo()->SetSelection(pos);
1494     }
1495
1496     Combo()->SetInsertionPointEnd();
1497     Combo()->SetFocus();
1498
1499     if (evtHandler)
1500     {
1501         // When dropping down the menu, a kill focus event
1502         // happens after this point, so we can't reset the flag yet.
1503 #if !defined(__WXGTK20__)
1504         evtHandler->SetInSetFocus(false);
1505 #endif
1506     }
1507 }
1508
1509 bool wxGridCellChoiceEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
1510                                      wxGrid* grid)
1511 {
1512     wxString value = Combo()->GetValue();
1513     if ( value == m_startValue )
1514         return false;
1515
1516     grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, value);
1517
1518     return true;
1519 }
1520
1521 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Reset()
1522 {
1523     Combo()->SetValue(m_startValue);
1524     Combo()->SetInsertionPointEnd();
1525 }
1526
1527 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
1528 {
1529     if ( !params )
1530     {
1531         // what can we do?
1532         return;
1533     }
1534
1535     m_choices.Empty();
1536
1537     wxStringTokenizer tk(params, _T(','));
1538     while ( tk.HasMoreTokens() )
1539     {
1540         m_choices.Add(tk.GetNextToken());
1541     }
1542 }
1543
1544 // return the value in the text control
1545 wxString wxGridCellChoiceEditor::GetValue() const
1546 {
1547   return Combo()->GetValue();
1548 }
1549
1550 #endif // wxUSE_COMBOBOX
1551
1552 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1553 // wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler
1554 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1555
1556 void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKillFocus(wxFocusEvent& event)
1557 {
1558     // Don't disable the cell if we're just starting to edit it
1559     if (m_inSetFocus)
1560         return;
1561
1562     // accept changes
1563     m_grid->DisableCellEditControl();
1564
1565     event.Skip();
1566 }
1567
1568 void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKeyDown(wxKeyEvent& event)
1569 {
1570     switch ( event.GetKeyCode() )
1571     {
1572         case WXK_ESCAPE:
1573             m_editor->Reset();
1574             m_grid->DisableCellEditControl();
1575             break;
1576
1577         case WXK_TAB:
1578             m_grid->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event );
1579             break;
1580
1581         case WXK_RETURN:
1582         case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER:
1583             if (!m_grid->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event))
1584                 m_editor->HandleReturn(event);
1585             break;
1586
1587         default:
1588             event.Skip();
1589             break;
1590     }
1591 }
1592
1593 void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event)
1594 {
1595     int row = m_grid->GetGridCursorRow();
1596     int col = m_grid->GetGridCursorCol();
1597     wxRect rect = m_grid->CellToRect( row, col );
1598     int cw, ch;
1599     m_grid->GetGridWindow()->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
1600
1601     // if cell width is smaller than grid client area, cell is wholly visible
1602     bool wholeCellVisible = (rect.GetWidth() < cw);
1603
1604     switch ( event.GetKeyCode() )
1605     {
1606         case WXK_ESCAPE:
1607         case WXK_TAB:
1608         case WXK_RETURN:
1609         case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER:
1610             break;
1611
1612         case WXK_HOME:
1613         {
1614             if ( wholeCellVisible )
1615             {
1616                 // no special processing needed...
1617                 event.Skip();
1618                 break;
1619             }
1620
1621             // do special processing for partly visible cell...
1622
1623             // get the widths of all cells previous to this one
1624             int colXPos = 0;
1625             for ( int i = 0; i < col; i++ )
1626             {
1627                 colXPos += m_grid->GetColSize(i);
1628             }
1629
1630             int xUnit = 1, yUnit = 1;
1631             m_grid->GetScrollPixelsPerUnit(&xUnit, &yUnit);
1632             if (col != 0)
1633             {
1634                 m_grid->Scroll(colXPos / xUnit - 1, m_grid->GetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL));
1635             }
1636             else
1637             {
1638                 m_grid->Scroll(colXPos / xUnit, m_grid->GetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL));
1639             }
1640             event.Skip();
1641             break;
1642         }
1643
1644         case WXK_END:
1645         {
1646             if ( wholeCellVisible )
1647             {
1648                 // no special processing needed...
1649                 event.Skip();
1650                 break;
1651             }
1652
1653             // do special processing for partly visible cell...
1654
1655             int textWidth = 0;
1656             wxString value = m_grid->GetCellValue(row, col);
1657             if ( wxEmptyString != value )
1658             {
1659                 // get width of cell CONTENTS (text)
1660                 int y;
1661                 wxFont font = m_grid->GetCellFont(row, col);
1662                 m_grid->GetTextExtent(value, &textWidth, &y, NULL, NULL, &font);
1663
1664                 // try to RIGHT align the text by scrolling
1665                 int client_right = m_grid->GetGridWindow()->GetClientSize().GetWidth();
1666
1667                 // (m_grid->GetScrollLineX()*2) is a factor for not scrolling to far,
1668                 // otherwise the last part of the cell content might be hidden below the scroll bar
1669                 // FIXME: maybe there is a more suitable correction?
1670                 textWidth -= (client_right - (m_grid->GetScrollLineX() * 2));
1671                 if ( textWidth < 0 )
1672                 {
1673                     textWidth = 0;
1674                 }
1675             }
1676
1677             // get the widths of all cells previous to this one
1678             int colXPos = 0;
1679             for ( int i = 0; i < col; i++ )
1680             {
1681                 colXPos += m_grid->GetColSize(i);
1682             }
1683
1684             // and add the (modified) text width of the cell contents
1685             // as we'd like to see the last part of the cell contents
1686             colXPos += textWidth;
1687
1688             int xUnit = 1, yUnit = 1;
1689             m_grid->GetScrollPixelsPerUnit(&xUnit, &yUnit);
1690             m_grid->Scroll(colXPos / xUnit - 1, m_grid->GetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL));
1691             event.Skip();
1692             break;
1693         }
1694
1695         default:
1696             event.Skip();
1697             break;
1698     }
1699 }
1700
1701 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1702 // wxGridCellWorker is an (almost) empty common base class for
1703 // wxGridCellRenderer and wxGridCellEditor managing ref counting
1704 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1705
1706 void wxGridCellWorker::SetParameters(const wxString& WXUNUSED(params))
1707 {
1708     // nothing to do
1709 }
1710
1711 wxGridCellWorker::~wxGridCellWorker()
1712 {
1713 }
1714
1715 // ============================================================================
1716 // renderer classes
1717 // ============================================================================
1718
1719 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1720 // wxGridCellRenderer
1721 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1722
1723 void wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
1724                               wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1725                               wxDC& dc,
1726                               const wxRect& rect,
1727                               int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
1728                               bool isSelected)
1729 {
1730     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxSOLID );
1731
1732     // grey out fields if the grid is disabled
1733     if ( grid.IsEnabled() )
1734     {
1735         if ( isSelected )
1736         {
1737             dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(grid.GetSelectionBackground(), wxSOLID) );
1738         }
1739         else
1740         {
1741             dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(attr.GetBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID) );
1742         }
1743     }
1744     else
1745     {
1746         dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE), wxSOLID));
1747     }
1748
1749     dc.SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN );
1750     dc.DrawRectangle(rect);
1751 }
1752
1753 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1754 // wxGridCellStringRenderer
1755 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1756
1757 void wxGridCellStringRenderer::SetTextColoursAndFont(const wxGrid& grid,
1758                                                      const wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1759                                                      wxDC& dc,
1760                                                      bool isSelected)
1761 {
1762     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxTRANSPARENT );
1763
1764     // TODO some special colours for attr.IsReadOnly() case?
1765
1766     // different coloured text when the grid is disabled
1767     if ( grid.IsEnabled() )
1768     {
1769         if ( isSelected )
1770         {
1771             dc.SetTextBackground( grid.GetSelectionBackground() );
1772             dc.SetTextForeground( grid.GetSelectionForeground() );
1773         }
1774         else
1775         {
1776             dc.SetTextBackground( attr.GetBackgroundColour() );
1777             dc.SetTextForeground( attr.GetTextColour() );
1778         }
1779     }
1780     else
1781     {
1782         dc.SetTextBackground(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE));
1783         dc.SetTextForeground(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_GRAYTEXT));
1784     }
1785
1786     dc.SetFont( attr.GetFont() );
1787 }
1788
1789 wxSize wxGridCellStringRenderer::DoGetBestSize(const wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1790                                                wxDC& dc,
1791                                                const wxString& text)
1792 {
1793     wxCoord x = 0, y = 0, max_x = 0;
1794     dc.SetFont(attr.GetFont());
1795     wxStringTokenizer tk(text, _T('\n'));
1796     while ( tk.HasMoreTokens() )
1797     {
1798         dc.GetTextExtent(tk.GetNextToken(), &x, &y);
1799         max_x = wxMax(max_x, x);
1800     }
1801
1802     y *= 1 + text.Freq(wxT('\n')); // multiply by the number of lines.
1803
1804     return wxSize(max_x, y);
1805 }
1806
1807 wxSize wxGridCellStringRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
1808                                              wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1809                                              wxDC& dc,
1810                                              int row, int col)
1811 {
1812     return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col));
1813 }
1814
1815 void wxGridCellStringRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
1816                                     wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1817                                     wxDC& dc,
1818                                     const wxRect& rectCell,
1819                                     int row, int col,
1820                                     bool isSelected)
1821 {
1822     wxRect rect = rectCell;
1823     rect.Inflate(-1);
1824
1825     // erase only this cells background, overflow cells should have been erased
1826     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected);
1827
1828     int hAlign, vAlign;
1829     attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
1830
1831     int overflowCols = 0;
1832
1833     if (attr.GetOverflow())
1834     {
1835         int cols = grid.GetNumberCols();
1836         int best_width = GetBestSize(grid,attr,dc,row,col).GetWidth();
1837         int cell_rows, cell_cols;
1838         attr.GetSize( &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); // shouldn't get here if <= 0
1839         if ((best_width > rectCell.width) && (col < cols) && grid.GetTable())
1840         {
1841             int i, c_cols, c_rows;
1842             for (i = col+cell_cols; i < cols; i++)
1843             {
1844                 bool is_empty = true;
1845                 for (int j=row; j < row + cell_rows; j++)
1846                 {
1847                     // check w/ anchor cell for multicell block
1848                     grid.GetCellSize(j, i, &c_rows, &c_cols);
1849                     if (c_rows > 0)
1850                         c_rows = 0;
1851                     if (!grid.GetTable()->IsEmptyCell(j + c_rows, i))
1852                     {
1853                         is_empty = false;
1854                         break;
1855                     }
1856                 }
1857
1858                 if (is_empty)
1859                 {
1860                     rect.width += grid.GetColSize(i);
1861                 }
1862                 else
1863                 {
1864                     i--;
1865                     break;
1866                 }
1867
1868                 if (rect.width >= best_width)
1869                     break;
1870             }
1871
1872             overflowCols = i - col - cell_cols + 1;
1873             if (overflowCols >= cols)
1874                 overflowCols = cols - 1;
1875         }
1876
1877         if (overflowCols > 0) // redraw overflow cells w/ proper hilight
1878         {
1879             hAlign = wxALIGN_LEFT; // if oveflowed then it's left aligned
1880             wxRect clip = rect;
1881             clip.x += rectCell.width;
1882             // draw each overflow cell individually
1883             int col_end = col + cell_cols + overflowCols;
1884             if (col_end >= grid.GetNumberCols())
1885                 col_end = grid.GetNumberCols() - 1;
1886             for (int i = col + cell_cols; i <= col_end; i++)
1887             {
1888                 clip.width = grid.GetColSize(i) - 1;
1889                 dc.DestroyClippingRegion();
1890                 dc.SetClippingRegion(clip);
1891
1892                 SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc,
1893                         grid.IsInSelection(row,i));
1894
1895                 grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col),
1896                         rect, hAlign, vAlign);
1897                 clip.x += grid.GetColSize(i) - 1;
1898             }
1899
1900             rect = rectCell;
1901             rect.Inflate(-1);
1902             rect.width++;
1903             dc.DestroyClippingRegion();
1904         }
1905     }
1906
1907     // now we only have to draw the text
1908     SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected);
1909
1910     grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col),
1911                            rect, hAlign, vAlign);
1912 }
1913
1914 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1915 // wxGridCellNumberRenderer
1916 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1917
1918 wxString wxGridCellNumberRenderer::GetString(const wxGrid& grid, int row, int col)
1919 {
1920     wxGridTableBase *table = grid.GetTable();
1921     wxString text;
1922     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER) )
1923     {
1924         text.Printf(_T("%ld"), table->GetValueAsLong(row, col));
1925     }
1926     else
1927     {
1928         text = table->GetValue(row, col);
1929     }
1930
1931     return text;
1932 }
1933
1934 void wxGridCellNumberRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
1935                                     wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1936                                     wxDC& dc,
1937                                     const wxRect& rectCell,
1938                                     int row, int col,
1939                                     bool isSelected)
1940 {
1941     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected);
1942
1943     SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected);
1944
1945     // draw the text right aligned by default
1946     int hAlign, vAlign;
1947     attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
1948     hAlign = wxALIGN_RIGHT;
1949
1950     wxRect rect = rectCell;
1951     rect.Inflate(-1);
1952
1953     grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, GetString(grid, row, col), rect, hAlign, vAlign);
1954 }
1955
1956 wxSize wxGridCellNumberRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
1957                                              wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1958                                              wxDC& dc,
1959                                              int row, int col)
1960 {
1961     return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, GetString(grid, row, col));
1962 }
1963
1964 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1965 // wxGridCellFloatRenderer
1966 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1967
1968 wxGridCellFloatRenderer::wxGridCellFloatRenderer(int width, int precision)
1969 {
1970     SetWidth(width);
1971     SetPrecision(precision);
1972 }
1973
1974 wxGridCellRenderer *wxGridCellFloatRenderer::Clone() const
1975 {
1976     wxGridCellFloatRenderer *renderer = new wxGridCellFloatRenderer;
1977     renderer->m_width = m_width;
1978     renderer->m_precision = m_precision;
1979     renderer->m_format = m_format;
1980
1981     return renderer;
1982 }
1983
1984 wxString wxGridCellFloatRenderer::GetString(const wxGrid& grid, int row, int col)
1985 {
1986     wxGridTableBase *table = grid.GetTable();
1987
1988     bool hasDouble;
1989     double val;
1990     wxString text;
1991     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT) )
1992     {
1993         val = table->GetValueAsDouble(row, col);
1994         hasDouble = true;
1995     }
1996     else
1997     {
1998         text = table->GetValue(row, col);
1999         hasDouble = text.ToDouble(&val);
2000     }
2001
2002     if ( hasDouble )
2003     {
2004         if ( !m_format )
2005         {
2006             if ( m_width == -1 )
2007             {
2008                 if ( m_precision == -1 )
2009                 {
2010                     // default width/precision
2011                     m_format = _T("%f");
2012                 }
2013                 else
2014                 {
2015                     m_format.Printf(_T("%%.%df"), m_precision);
2016                 }
2017             }
2018             else if ( m_precision == -1 )
2019             {
2020                 // default precision
2021                 m_format.Printf(_T("%%%d.f"), m_width);
2022             }
2023             else
2024             {
2025                 m_format.Printf(_T("%%%d.%df"), m_width, m_precision);
2026             }
2027         }
2028
2029         text.Printf(m_format, val);
2030
2031     }
2032     //else: text already contains the string
2033
2034     return text;
2035 }
2036
2037 void wxGridCellFloatRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
2038                                    wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2039                                    wxDC& dc,
2040                                    const wxRect& rectCell,
2041                                    int row, int col,
2042                                    bool isSelected)
2043 {
2044     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected);
2045
2046     SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected);
2047
2048     // draw the text right aligned by default
2049     int hAlign, vAlign;
2050     attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
2051     hAlign = wxALIGN_RIGHT;
2052
2053     wxRect rect = rectCell;
2054     rect.Inflate(-1);
2055
2056     grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, GetString(grid, row, col), rect, hAlign, vAlign);
2057 }
2058
2059 wxSize wxGridCellFloatRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
2060                                             wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2061                                             wxDC& dc,
2062                                             int row, int col)
2063 {
2064     return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, GetString(grid, row, col));
2065 }
2066
2067 void wxGridCellFloatRenderer::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
2068 {
2069     if ( !params )
2070     {
2071         // reset to defaults
2072         SetWidth(-1);
2073         SetPrecision(-1);
2074     }
2075     else
2076     {
2077         wxString tmp = params.BeforeFirst(_T(','));
2078         if ( !tmp.empty() )
2079         {
2080             long width;
2081             if ( tmp.ToLong(&width) )
2082             {
2083                 SetWidth((int)width);
2084             }
2085             else
2086             {
2087                 wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatRenderer width parameter string '%s ignored"), params.c_str());
2088             }
2089         }
2090
2091         tmp = params.AfterFirst(_T(','));
2092         if ( !tmp.empty() )
2093         {
2094             long precision;
2095             if ( tmp.ToLong(&precision) )
2096             {
2097                 SetPrecision((int)precision);
2098             }
2099             else
2100             {
2101                 wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatRenderer precision parameter string '%s ignored"), params.c_str());
2102             }
2103         }
2104     }
2105 }
2106
2107 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2108 // wxGridCellBoolRenderer
2109 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2110
2111 wxSize wxGridCellBoolRenderer::ms_sizeCheckMark;
2112
2113 // FIXME these checkbox size calculations are really ugly...
2114
2115 // between checkmark and box
2116 static const wxCoord wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN = 2;
2117
2118 wxSize wxGridCellBoolRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
2119                                            wxGridCellAttr& WXUNUSED(attr),
2120                                            wxDC& WXUNUSED(dc),
2121                                            int WXUNUSED(row),
2122                                            int WXUNUSED(col))
2123 {
2124     // compute it only once (no locks for MT safeness in GUI thread...)
2125     if ( !ms_sizeCheckMark.x )
2126     {
2127         // get checkbox size
2128         wxCheckBox *checkbox = new wxCheckBox(&grid, wxID_ANY, wxEmptyString);
2129         wxSize size = checkbox->GetBestSize();
2130         wxCoord checkSize = size.y + 2 * wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN;
2131
2132         // FIXME wxGTK::wxCheckBox::GetBestSize() gives "wrong" result
2133 #if defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXMOTIF__)
2134         checkSize -= size.y / 2;
2135 #endif
2136
2137         delete checkbox;
2138
2139         ms_sizeCheckMark.x = ms_sizeCheckMark.y = checkSize;
2140     }
2141
2142     return ms_sizeCheckMark;
2143 }
2144
2145 void wxGridCellBoolRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
2146                                   wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2147                                   wxDC& dc,
2148                                   const wxRect& rect,
2149                                   int row, int col,
2150                                   bool isSelected)
2151 {
2152     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rect, row, col, isSelected);
2153
2154     // draw a check mark in the centre (ignoring alignment - TODO)
2155     wxSize size = GetBestSize(grid, attr, dc, row, col);
2156
2157     // don't draw outside the cell
2158     wxCoord minSize = wxMin(rect.width, rect.height);
2159     if ( size.x >= minSize || size.y >= minSize )
2160     {
2161         // and even leave (at least) 1 pixel margin
2162         size.x = size.y = minSize - 2;
2163     }
2164
2165     // draw a border around checkmark
2166     int vAlign, hAlign;
2167     attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
2168
2169     wxRect rectBorder;
2170     if (hAlign == wxALIGN_CENTRE)
2171     {
2172         rectBorder.x = rect.x + rect.width / 2 - size.x / 2;
2173         rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
2174         rectBorder.width = size.x;
2175         rectBorder.height = size.y;
2176     }
2177     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_LEFT)
2178     {
2179         rectBorder.x = rect.x + 2;
2180         rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
2181         rectBorder.width = size.x;
2182         rectBorder.height = size.y;
2183     }
2184     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_RIGHT)
2185     {
2186         rectBorder.x = rect.x + rect.width - size.x - 2;
2187         rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
2188         rectBorder.width = size.x;
2189         rectBorder.height = size.y;
2190     }
2191
2192     bool value;
2193     if ( grid.GetTable()->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL) )
2194     {
2195         value = grid.GetTable()->GetValueAsBool(row, col);
2196     }
2197     else
2198     {
2199         wxString cellval( grid.GetTable()->GetValue(row, col) );
2200         value = !( !cellval || (cellval == wxT("0")) );
2201     }
2202
2203     if ( value )
2204     {
2205         wxRect rectMark = rectBorder;
2206
2207 #ifdef __WXMSW__
2208         // MSW DrawCheckMark() is weird (and should probably be changed...)
2209         rectMark.Inflate(-wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN / 2);
2210         rectMark.x++;
2211         rectMark.y++;
2212 #else
2213         rectMark.Inflate(-wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN);
2214 #endif
2215
2216         dc.SetTextForeground(attr.GetTextColour());
2217         dc.DrawCheckMark(rectMark);
2218     }
2219
2220     dc.SetBrush(*wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH);
2221     dc.SetPen(wxPen(attr.GetTextColour(), 1, wxSOLID));
2222     dc.DrawRectangle(rectBorder);
2223 }
2224
2225 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2226 // wxGridCellAttr
2227 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2228
2229 void wxGridCellAttr::Init(wxGridCellAttr *attrDefault)
2230 {
2231     m_nRef = 1;
2232
2233     m_isReadOnly = Unset;
2234
2235     m_renderer = NULL;
2236     m_editor = NULL;
2237
2238     m_attrkind = wxGridCellAttr::Cell;
2239
2240     m_sizeRows = m_sizeCols = 1;
2241     m_overflow = UnsetOverflow;
2242
2243     SetDefAttr(attrDefault);
2244 }
2245
2246 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttr::Clone() const
2247 {
2248     wxGridCellAttr *attr = new wxGridCellAttr(m_defGridAttr);
2249
2250     if ( HasTextColour() )
2251         attr->SetTextColour(GetTextColour());
2252     if ( HasBackgroundColour() )
2253         attr->SetBackgroundColour(GetBackgroundColour());
2254     if ( HasFont() )
2255         attr->SetFont(GetFont());
2256     if ( HasAlignment() )
2257         attr->SetAlignment(m_hAlign, m_vAlign);
2258
2259     attr->SetSize( m_sizeRows, m_sizeCols );
2260
2261     if ( m_renderer )
2262     {
2263         attr->SetRenderer(m_renderer);
2264         m_renderer->IncRef();
2265     }
2266     if ( m_editor )
2267     {
2268         attr->SetEditor(m_editor);
2269         m_editor->IncRef();
2270     }
2271
2272     if ( IsReadOnly() )
2273         attr->SetReadOnly();
2274
2275     attr->SetKind( m_attrkind );
2276
2277     return attr;
2278 }
2279
2280 void wxGridCellAttr::MergeWith(wxGridCellAttr *mergefrom)
2281 {
2282     if ( !HasTextColour() && mergefrom->HasTextColour() )
2283         SetTextColour(mergefrom->GetTextColour());
2284     if ( !HasBackgroundColour() && mergefrom->HasBackgroundColour() )
2285         SetBackgroundColour(mergefrom->GetBackgroundColour());
2286     if ( !HasFont() && mergefrom->HasFont() )
2287         SetFont(mergefrom->GetFont());
2288     if ( !HasAlignment() && mergefrom->HasAlignment() )
2289     {
2290         int hAlign, vAlign;
2291         mergefrom->GetAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign);
2292         SetAlignment(hAlign, vAlign);
2293     }
2294     if ( !HasSize() && mergefrom->HasSize() )
2295         mergefrom->GetSize( &m_sizeRows, &m_sizeCols );
2296
2297     // Directly access member functions as GetRender/Editor don't just return
2298     // m_renderer/m_editor
2299     //
2300     // Maybe add support for merge of Render and Editor?
2301     if (!HasRenderer() && mergefrom->HasRenderer() )
2302     {
2303         m_renderer = mergefrom->m_renderer;
2304         m_renderer->IncRef();
2305     }
2306     if ( !HasEditor() && mergefrom->HasEditor() )
2307     {
2308         m_editor =  mergefrom->m_editor;
2309         m_editor->IncRef();
2310     }
2311     if ( !HasReadWriteMode() && mergefrom->HasReadWriteMode() )
2312         SetReadOnly(mergefrom->IsReadOnly());
2313
2314     if (!HasOverflowMode() && mergefrom->HasOverflowMode() )
2315         SetOverflow(mergefrom->GetOverflow());
2316
2317     SetDefAttr(mergefrom->m_defGridAttr);
2318 }
2319
2320 void wxGridCellAttr::SetSize(int num_rows, int num_cols)
2321 {
2322     // The size of a cell is normally 1,1
2323
2324     // If this cell is larger (2,2) then this is the top left cell
2325     // the other cells that will be covered (lower right cells) must be
2326     // set to negative or zero values such that
2327     // row + num_rows of the covered cell points to the larger cell (this cell)
2328     // same goes for the col + num_cols.
2329
2330     // Size of 0,0 is NOT valid, neither is <=0 and any positive value
2331
2332     wxASSERT_MSG( (!((num_rows > 0) && (num_cols <= 0)) ||
2333                   !((num_rows <= 0) && (num_cols > 0)) ||
2334                   !((num_rows == 0) && (num_cols == 0))),
2335                   wxT("wxGridCellAttr::SetSize only takes two postive values or negative/zero values"));
2336
2337     m_sizeRows = num_rows;
2338     m_sizeCols = num_cols;
2339 }
2340
2341 const wxColour& wxGridCellAttr::GetTextColour() const
2342 {
2343     if (HasTextColour())
2344     {
2345         return m_colText;
2346     }
2347     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
2348     {
2349         return m_defGridAttr->GetTextColour();
2350     }
2351     else
2352     {
2353         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
2354         return wxNullColour;
2355     }
2356 }
2357
2358 const wxColour& wxGridCellAttr::GetBackgroundColour() const
2359 {
2360     if (HasBackgroundColour())
2361     {
2362         return m_colBack;
2363     }
2364     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
2365     {
2366         return m_defGridAttr->GetBackgroundColour();
2367     }
2368     else
2369     {
2370         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
2371         return wxNullColour;
2372     }
2373 }
2374
2375 const wxFont& wxGridCellAttr::GetFont() const
2376 {
2377     if (HasFont())
2378     {
2379         return m_font;
2380     }
2381     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
2382     {
2383         return m_defGridAttr->GetFont();
2384     }
2385     else
2386     {
2387         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
2388         return wxNullFont;
2389     }
2390 }
2391
2392 void wxGridCellAttr::GetAlignment(int *hAlign, int *vAlign) const
2393 {
2394     if (HasAlignment())
2395     {
2396         if ( hAlign )
2397             *hAlign = m_hAlign;
2398         if ( vAlign )
2399             *vAlign = m_vAlign;
2400     }
2401     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
2402     {
2403         m_defGridAttr->GetAlignment(hAlign, vAlign);
2404     }
2405     else
2406     {
2407         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
2408     }
2409 }
2410
2411 void wxGridCellAttr::GetSize( int *num_rows, int *num_cols ) const
2412 {
2413     if ( num_rows )
2414         *num_rows = m_sizeRows;
2415     if ( num_cols )
2416         *num_cols = m_sizeCols;
2417 }
2418
2419 // GetRenderer and GetEditor use a slightly different decision path about
2420 // which attribute to use.  If a non-default attr object has one then it is
2421 // used, otherwise the default editor or renderer is fetched from the grid and
2422 // used.  It should be the default for the data type of the cell.  If it is
2423 // NULL (because the table has a type that the grid does not have in its
2424 // registry), then the grid's default editor or renderer is used.
2425
2426 wxGridCellRenderer* wxGridCellAttr::GetRenderer(wxGrid* grid, int row, int col) const
2427 {
2428     wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = NULL;
2429
2430     if ( m_renderer && this != m_defGridAttr )
2431     {
2432         // use the cells renderer if it has one
2433         renderer = m_renderer;
2434         renderer->IncRef();
2435     }
2436     else // no non-default cell renderer
2437     {
2438         // get default renderer for the data type
2439         if ( grid )
2440         {
2441             // GetDefaultRendererForCell() will do IncRef() for us
2442             renderer = grid->GetDefaultRendererForCell(row, col);
2443         }
2444
2445         if ( renderer == NULL )
2446         {
2447             if ( (m_defGridAttr != NULL) && (m_defGridAttr != this) )
2448             {
2449                 // if we still don't have one then use the grid default
2450                 // (no need for IncRef() here neither)
2451                 renderer = m_defGridAttr->GetRenderer(NULL, 0, 0);
2452             }
2453             else // default grid attr
2454             {
2455                 // use m_renderer which we had decided not to use initially
2456                 renderer = m_renderer;
2457                 if ( renderer )
2458                     renderer->IncRef();
2459             }
2460         }
2461     }
2462
2463     // we're supposed to always find something
2464     wxASSERT_MSG(renderer, wxT("Missing default cell renderer"));
2465
2466     return renderer;
2467 }
2468
2469 // same as above, except for s/renderer/editor/g
2470 wxGridCellEditor* wxGridCellAttr::GetEditor(wxGrid* grid, int row, int col) const
2471 {
2472     wxGridCellEditor *editor = NULL;
2473
2474     if ( m_editor && this != m_defGridAttr )
2475     {
2476         // use the cells editor if it has one
2477         editor = m_editor;
2478         editor->IncRef();
2479     }
2480     else // no non default cell editor
2481     {
2482         // get default editor for the data type
2483         if ( grid )
2484         {
2485             // GetDefaultEditorForCell() will do IncRef() for us
2486             editor = grid->GetDefaultEditorForCell(row, col);
2487         }
2488
2489         if ( editor == NULL )
2490         {
2491             if ( (m_defGridAttr != NULL) && (m_defGridAttr != this) )
2492             {
2493                 // if we still don't have one then use the grid default
2494                 // (no need for IncRef() here neither)
2495                 editor = m_defGridAttr->GetEditor(NULL, 0, 0);
2496             }
2497             else // default grid attr
2498             {
2499                 // use m_editor which we had decided not to use initially
2500                 editor = m_editor;
2501                 if ( editor )
2502                     editor->IncRef();
2503             }
2504         }
2505     }
2506
2507     // we're supposed to always find something
2508     wxASSERT_MSG(editor, wxT("Missing default cell editor"));
2509
2510     return editor;
2511 }
2512
2513 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2514 // wxGridCellAttrData
2515 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2516
2517 void wxGridCellAttrData::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row, int col)
2518 {
2519     int n = FindIndex(row, col);
2520     if ( n == wxNOT_FOUND )
2521     {
2522         // add the attribute
2523         m_attrs.Add(new wxGridCellWithAttr(row, col, attr));
2524     }
2525     else
2526     {
2527         // free the old attribute
2528         m_attrs[(size_t)n].attr->DecRef();
2529
2530         if ( attr )
2531         {
2532             // change the attribute
2533             m_attrs[(size_t)n].attr = attr;
2534         }
2535         else
2536         {
2537             // remove this attribute
2538             m_attrs.RemoveAt((size_t)n);
2539         }
2540     }
2541 }
2542
2543 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttrData::GetAttr(int row, int col) const
2544 {
2545     wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
2546
2547     int n = FindIndex(row, col);
2548     if ( n != wxNOT_FOUND )
2549     {
2550         attr = m_attrs[(size_t)n].attr;
2551         attr->IncRef();
2552     }
2553
2554     return attr;
2555 }
2556
2557 void wxGridCellAttrData::UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows )
2558 {
2559     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2560     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2561     {
2562         wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords;
2563         wxCoord row = coords.GetRow();
2564         if ((size_t)row >= pos)
2565         {
2566             if (numRows > 0)
2567             {
2568                 // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary
2569                 coords.SetRow(row + numRows);
2570             }
2571             else if (numRows < 0)
2572             {
2573                 // If rows deleted ...
2574                 if ((size_t)row >= pos - numRows)
2575                 {
2576                     // ...either decrement row counter (if row still exists)...
2577                     coords.SetRow(row + numRows);
2578                 }
2579                 else
2580                 {
2581                     // ...or remove the attribute
2582                     // No need to DecRef the attribute itself since this is
2583                     // done be wxGridCellWithAttr's destructor!
2584                     m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
2585                     n--;
2586                     count--;
2587                 }
2588             }
2589         }
2590     }
2591 }
2592
2593 void wxGridCellAttrData::UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols )
2594 {
2595     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2596     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2597     {
2598         wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords;
2599         wxCoord col = coords.GetCol();
2600         if ( (size_t)col >= pos )
2601         {
2602             if ( numCols > 0 )
2603             {
2604                 // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary
2605                 coords.SetCol(col + numCols);
2606             }
2607             else if (numCols < 0)
2608             {
2609                 // If rows deleted ...
2610                 if ((size_t)col >= pos - numCols)
2611                 {
2612                     // ...either decrement row counter (if row still exists)...
2613                     coords.SetCol(col + numCols);
2614                 }
2615                 else
2616                 {
2617                     // ...or remove the attribute
2618                     // No need to DecRef the attribute itself since this is
2619                     // done be wxGridCellWithAttr's destructor!
2620                     m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
2621                     n--;
2622                     count--;
2623                 }
2624             }
2625         }
2626     }
2627 }
2628
2629 int wxGridCellAttrData::FindIndex(int row, int col) const
2630 {
2631     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2632     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2633     {
2634         const wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords;
2635         if ( (coords.GetRow() == row) && (coords.GetCol() == col) )
2636         {
2637             return n;
2638         }
2639     }
2640
2641     return wxNOT_FOUND;
2642 }
2643
2644 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2645 // wxGridRowOrColAttrData
2646 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2647
2648 wxGridRowOrColAttrData::~wxGridRowOrColAttrData()
2649 {
2650     size_t count = m_attrs.Count();
2651     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2652     {
2653         m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
2654     }
2655 }
2656
2657 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridRowOrColAttrData::GetAttr(int rowOrCol) const
2658 {
2659     wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
2660
2661     int n = m_rowsOrCols.Index(rowOrCol);
2662     if ( n != wxNOT_FOUND )
2663     {
2664         attr = m_attrs[(size_t)n];
2665         attr->IncRef();
2666     }
2667
2668     return attr;
2669 }
2670
2671 void wxGridRowOrColAttrData::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int rowOrCol)
2672 {
2673     int i = m_rowsOrCols.Index(rowOrCol);
2674     if ( i == wxNOT_FOUND )
2675     {
2676         // add the attribute
2677         m_rowsOrCols.Add(rowOrCol);
2678         m_attrs.Add(attr);
2679     }
2680     else
2681     {
2682         size_t n = (size_t)i;
2683         if ( attr )
2684         {
2685             // change the attribute
2686             m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
2687             m_attrs[n] = attr;
2688         }
2689         else
2690         {
2691             // remove this attribute
2692             m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
2693             m_rowsOrCols.RemoveAt(n);
2694             m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
2695         }
2696     }
2697 }
2698
2699 void wxGridRowOrColAttrData::UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( size_t pos, int numRowsOrCols )
2700 {
2701     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2702     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2703     {
2704         int & rowOrCol = m_rowsOrCols[n];
2705         if ( (size_t)rowOrCol >= pos )
2706         {
2707             if ( numRowsOrCols > 0 )
2708             {
2709                 // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary
2710                 rowOrCol += numRowsOrCols;
2711             }
2712             else if ( numRowsOrCols < 0)
2713             {
2714                 // If rows deleted, either decrement row counter (if row still exists)
2715                 if ((size_t)rowOrCol >= pos - numRowsOrCols)
2716                     rowOrCol += numRowsOrCols;
2717                 else
2718                 {
2719                     m_rowsOrCols.RemoveAt(n);
2720                     m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
2721                     m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
2722                     n--;
2723                     count--;
2724                 }
2725             }
2726         }
2727     }
2728 }
2729
2730 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2731 // wxGridCellAttrProvider
2732 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2733
2734 wxGridCellAttrProvider::wxGridCellAttrProvider()
2735 {
2736     m_data = (wxGridCellAttrProviderData *)NULL;
2737 }
2738
2739 wxGridCellAttrProvider::~wxGridCellAttrProvider()
2740 {
2741     delete m_data;
2742 }
2743
2744 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::InitData()
2745 {
2746     m_data = new wxGridCellAttrProviderData;
2747 }
2748
2749 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttrProvider::GetAttr(int row, int col,
2750                                                 wxGridCellAttr::wxAttrKind  kind ) const
2751 {
2752     wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
2753     if ( m_data )
2754     {
2755         switch (kind)
2756         {
2757             case (wxGridCellAttr::Any):
2758                 // Get cached merge attributes.
2759                 // Currently not used as no cache implemented as not mutable
2760                 // attr = m_data->m_mergeAttr.GetAttr(row, col);
2761                 if (!attr)
2762                 {
2763                     // Basically implement old version.
2764                     // Also check merge cache, so we don't have to re-merge every time..
2765                     wxGridCellAttr *attrcell = m_data->m_cellAttrs.GetAttr(row, col);
2766                     wxGridCellAttr *attrrow = m_data->m_rowAttrs.GetAttr(row);
2767                     wxGridCellAttr *attrcol = m_data->m_colAttrs.GetAttr(col);
2768
2769                     if ((attrcell != attrrow) && (attrrow != attrcol) && (attrcell != attrcol))
2770                     {
2771                         // Two or more are non NULL
2772                         attr = new wxGridCellAttr;
2773                         attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Merged);
2774
2775                         // Order is important..
2776                         if (attrcell)
2777                         {
2778                             attr->MergeWith(attrcell);
2779                             attrcell->DecRef();
2780                         }
2781                         if (attrcol)
2782                         {
2783                             attr->MergeWith(attrcol);
2784                             attrcol->DecRef();
2785                         }
2786                         if (attrrow)
2787                         {
2788                             attr->MergeWith(attrrow);
2789                             attrrow->DecRef();
2790                         }
2791
2792                         // store merge attr if cache implemented
2793                         //attr->IncRef();
2794                         //m_data->m_mergeAttr.SetAttr(attr, row, col);
2795                     }
2796                     else
2797                     {
2798                         // one or none is non null return it or null.
2799                         if (attrrow)
2800                             attr = attrrow;
2801                         if (attrcol)
2802                         {
2803                             if (attr)
2804                                 attr->DecRef();
2805                             attr = attrcol;
2806                         }
2807                         if (attrcell)
2808                         {
2809                             if (attr)
2810                                 attr->DecRef();
2811                             attr = attrcell;
2812                         }
2813                     }
2814                 }
2815                 break;
2816
2817             case (wxGridCellAttr::Cell):
2818                 attr = m_data->m_cellAttrs.GetAttr(row, col);
2819                 break;
2820
2821             case (wxGridCellAttr::Col):
2822                 attr = m_data->m_colAttrs.GetAttr(col);
2823                 break;
2824
2825             case (wxGridCellAttr::Row):
2826                 attr = m_data->m_rowAttrs.GetAttr(row);
2827                 break;
2828
2829             default:
2830                 // unused as yet...
2831                 // (wxGridCellAttr::Default):
2832                 // (wxGridCellAttr::Merged):
2833                 break;
2834         }
2835     }
2836
2837     return attr;
2838 }
2839
2840 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr,
2841                                      int row, int col)
2842 {
2843     if ( !m_data )
2844         InitData();
2845
2846     m_data->m_cellAttrs.SetAttr(attr, row, col);
2847 }
2848
2849 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetRowAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row)
2850 {
2851     if ( !m_data )
2852         InitData();
2853
2854     m_data->m_rowAttrs.SetAttr(attr, row);
2855 }
2856
2857 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetColAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int col)
2858 {
2859     if ( !m_data )
2860         InitData();
2861
2862     m_data->m_colAttrs.SetAttr(attr, col);
2863 }
2864
2865 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows )
2866 {
2867     if ( m_data )
2868     {
2869         m_data->m_cellAttrs.UpdateAttrRows( pos, numRows );
2870
2871         m_data->m_rowAttrs.UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( pos, numRows );
2872     }
2873 }
2874
2875 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols )
2876 {
2877     if ( m_data )
2878     {
2879         m_data->m_cellAttrs.UpdateAttrCols( pos, numCols );
2880
2881         m_data->m_colAttrs.UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( pos, numCols );
2882     }
2883 }
2884
2885 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2886 // wxGridTypeRegistry
2887 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2888
2889 wxGridTypeRegistry::~wxGridTypeRegistry()
2890 {
2891     size_t count = m_typeinfo.Count();
2892     for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ )
2893         delete m_typeinfo[i];
2894 }
2895
2896 void wxGridTypeRegistry::RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName,
2897                                           wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
2898                                           wxGridCellEditor* editor)
2899 {
2900     wxGridDataTypeInfo* info = new wxGridDataTypeInfo(typeName, renderer, editor);
2901
2902     // is it already registered?
2903     int loc = FindRegisteredDataType(typeName);
2904     if ( loc != wxNOT_FOUND )
2905     {
2906         delete m_typeinfo[loc];
2907         m_typeinfo[loc] = info;
2908     }
2909     else
2910     {
2911         m_typeinfo.Add(info);
2912     }
2913 }
2914
2915 int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindRegisteredDataType(const wxString& typeName)
2916 {
2917     size_t count = m_typeinfo.GetCount();
2918     for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ )
2919     {
2920         if ( typeName == m_typeinfo[i]->m_typeName )
2921         {
2922             return i;
2923         }
2924     }
2925
2926     return wxNOT_FOUND;
2927 }
2928
2929 int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindDataType(const wxString& typeName)
2930 {
2931     int index = FindRegisteredDataType(typeName);
2932     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
2933     {
2934         // check whether this is one of the standard ones, in which case
2935         // register it "on the fly"
2936 #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
2937         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_STRING )
2938         {
2939             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING,
2940                              new wxGridCellStringRenderer,
2941                              new wxGridCellTextEditor);
2942         }
2943         else
2944 #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
2945 #if wxUSE_CHECKBOX
2946         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL )
2947         {
2948             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL,
2949                              new wxGridCellBoolRenderer,
2950                              new wxGridCellBoolEditor);
2951         }
2952         else
2953 #endif // wxUSE_CHECKBOX
2954 #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
2955         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER )
2956         {
2957             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER,
2958                              new wxGridCellNumberRenderer,
2959                              new wxGridCellNumberEditor);
2960         }
2961         else if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT )
2962         {
2963             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT,
2964                              new wxGridCellFloatRenderer,
2965                              new wxGridCellFloatEditor);
2966         }
2967         else
2968 #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
2969 #if wxUSE_COMBOBOX
2970         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_CHOICE )
2971         {
2972             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_CHOICE,
2973                              new wxGridCellStringRenderer,
2974                              new wxGridCellChoiceEditor);
2975         }
2976         else
2977 #endif // wxUSE_COMBOBOX
2978         {
2979             return wxNOT_FOUND;
2980         }
2981
2982         // we get here only if just added the entry for this type, so return
2983         // the last index
2984         index = m_typeinfo.GetCount() - 1;
2985     }
2986
2987     return index;
2988 }
2989
2990 int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindOrCloneDataType(const wxString& typeName)
2991 {
2992     int index = FindDataType(typeName);
2993     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
2994     {
2995         // the first part of the typename is the "real" type, anything after ':'
2996         // are the parameters for the renderer
2997         index = FindDataType(typeName.BeforeFirst(_T(':')));
2998         if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
2999         {
3000             return wxNOT_FOUND;
3001         }
3002
3003         wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = GetRenderer(index);
3004         wxGridCellRenderer *rendererOld = renderer;
3005         renderer = renderer->Clone();
3006         rendererOld->DecRef();
3007
3008         wxGridCellEditor *editor = GetEditor(index);
3009         wxGridCellEditor *editorOld = editor;
3010         editor = editor->Clone();
3011         editorOld->DecRef();
3012
3013         // do it even if there are no parameters to reset them to defaults
3014         wxString params = typeName.AfterFirst(_T(':'));
3015         renderer->SetParameters(params);
3016         editor->SetParameters(params);
3017
3018         // register the new typename
3019         RegisterDataType(typeName, renderer, editor);
3020
3021         // we just registered it, it's the last one
3022         index = m_typeinfo.GetCount() - 1;
3023     }
3024
3025     return index;
3026 }
3027
3028 wxGridCellRenderer* wxGridTypeRegistry::GetRenderer(int index)
3029 {
3030     wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = m_typeinfo[index]->m_renderer;
3031     if (renderer)
3032         renderer->IncRef();
3033
3034     return renderer;
3035 }
3036
3037 wxGridCellEditor* wxGridTypeRegistry::GetEditor(int index)
3038 {
3039     wxGridCellEditor* editor = m_typeinfo[index]->m_editor;
3040     if (editor)
3041         editor->IncRef();
3042
3043     return editor;
3044 }
3045
3046 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3047 // wxGridTableBase
3048 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3049
3050 IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS( wxGridTableBase, wxObject )
3051
3052 wxGridTableBase::wxGridTableBase()
3053 {
3054     m_view = (wxGrid *) NULL;
3055     m_attrProvider = (wxGridCellAttrProvider *) NULL;
3056 }
3057
3058 wxGridTableBase::~wxGridTableBase()
3059 {
3060     delete m_attrProvider;
3061 }
3062
3063 void wxGridTableBase::SetAttrProvider(wxGridCellAttrProvider *attrProvider)
3064 {
3065     delete m_attrProvider;
3066     m_attrProvider = attrProvider;
3067 }
3068
3069 bool wxGridTableBase::CanHaveAttributes()
3070 {
3071     if ( ! GetAttrProvider() )
3072     {
3073         // use the default attr provider by default
3074         SetAttrProvider(new wxGridCellAttrProvider);
3075     }
3076
3077     return true;
3078 }
3079
3080 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridTableBase::GetAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr::wxAttrKind  kind)
3081 {
3082     if ( m_attrProvider )
3083         return m_attrProvider->GetAttr(row, col, kind);
3084     else
3085         return (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
3086 }
3087
3088 void wxGridTableBase::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr* attr, int row, int col)
3089 {
3090     if ( m_attrProvider )
3091     {
3092         attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Cell);
3093         m_attrProvider->SetAttr(attr, row, col);
3094     }
3095     else
3096     {
3097         // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must
3098         // free it now
3099         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
3100     }
3101 }
3102
3103 void wxGridTableBase::SetRowAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row)
3104 {
3105     if ( m_attrProvider )
3106     {
3107         attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Row);
3108         m_attrProvider->SetRowAttr(attr, row);
3109     }
3110     else
3111     {
3112         // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must
3113         // free it now
3114         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
3115     }
3116 }
3117
3118 void wxGridTableBase::SetColAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int col)
3119 {
3120     if ( m_attrProvider )
3121     {
3122         attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Col);
3123         m_attrProvider->SetColAttr(attr, col);
3124     }
3125     else
3126     {
3127         // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must
3128         // free it now
3129         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
3130     }
3131 }
3132
3133 bool wxGridTableBase::InsertRows( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
3134                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) )
3135 {
3136     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function InsertRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function") );
3137
3138     return false;
3139 }
3140
3141 bool wxGridTableBase::AppendRows( size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) )
3142 {
3143     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function AppendRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3144
3145     return false;
3146 }
3147
3148 bool wxGridTableBase::DeleteRows( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
3149                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) )
3150 {
3151     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function DeleteRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3152
3153     return false;
3154 }
3155
3156 bool wxGridTableBase::InsertCols( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
3157                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) )
3158 {
3159     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function InsertCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3160
3161     return false;
3162 }
3163
3164 bool wxGridTableBase::AppendCols( size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) )
3165 {
3166     wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Called grid table class function AppendCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3167
3168     return false;
3169 }
3170
3171 bool wxGridTableBase::DeleteCols( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
3172                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) )
3173 {
3174     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function DeleteCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3175
3176     return false;
3177 }
3178
3179 wxString wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue( int row )
3180 {
3181     wxString s;
3182
3183     // RD: Starting the rows at zero confuses users,
3184     // no matter how much it makes sense to us geeks.
3185     s << row + 1;
3186
3187     return s;
3188 }
3189
3190 wxString wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( int col )
3191 {
3192     // default col labels are:
3193     //   cols 0 to 25   : A-Z
3194     //   cols 26 to 675 : AA-ZZ
3195     //   etc.
3196
3197     wxString s;
3198     unsigned int i, n;
3199     for ( n = 1; ; n++ )
3200     {
3201         s += (wxChar) (_T('A') + (wxChar)(col % 26));
3202         col = col / 26 - 1;
3203         if ( col < 0 )
3204             break;
3205     }
3206
3207     // reverse the string...
3208     wxString s2;
3209     for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ )
3210     {
3211         s2 += s[n - i - 1];
3212     }
3213
3214     return s2;
3215 }
3216
3217 wxString wxGridTableBase::GetTypeName( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3218 {
3219     return wxGRID_VALUE_STRING;
3220 }
3221
3222 bool wxGridTableBase::CanGetValueAs( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3223                                      const wxString& typeName )
3224 {
3225     return typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_STRING;
3226 }
3227
3228 bool wxGridTableBase::CanSetValueAs( int row, int col, const wxString& typeName )
3229 {
3230     return CanGetValueAs(row, col, typeName);
3231 }
3232
3233 long wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsLong( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3234 {
3235     return 0;
3236 }
3237
3238 double wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsDouble( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3239 {
3240     return 0.0;
3241 }
3242
3243 bool wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsBool( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3244 {
3245     return false;
3246 }
3247
3248 void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsLong( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3249                                       long WXUNUSED(value) )
3250 {
3251 }
3252
3253 void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsDouble( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3254                                         double WXUNUSED(value) )
3255 {
3256 }
3257
3258 void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsBool( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3259                                       bool WXUNUSED(value) )
3260 {
3261 }
3262
3263 void* wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsCustom( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3264                                          const wxString& WXUNUSED(typeName) )
3265 {
3266     return NULL;
3267 }
3268
3269 void  wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsCustom( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3270                                          const wxString& WXUNUSED(typeName),
3271                                          void* WXUNUSED(value) )
3272 {
3273 }
3274
3275 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3276 //
3277 // Message class for the grid table to send requests and notifications
3278 // to the grid view
3279 //
3280
3281 wxGridTableMessage::wxGridTableMessage()
3282 {
3283     m_table = (wxGridTableBase *) NULL;
3284     m_id = -1;
3285     m_comInt1 = -1;
3286     m_comInt2 = -1;
3287 }
3288
3289 wxGridTableMessage::wxGridTableMessage( wxGridTableBase *table, int id,
3290                                         int commandInt1, int commandInt2 )
3291 {
3292     m_table = table;
3293     m_id = id;
3294     m_comInt1 = commandInt1;
3295     m_comInt2 = commandInt2;
3296 }
3297
3298 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3299 //
3300 // A basic grid table for string data. An object of this class will
3301 // created by wxGrid if you don't specify an alternative table class.
3302 //
3303
3304 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridStringArray)
3305
3306 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridStringTable, wxGridTableBase )
3307
3308 wxGridStringTable::wxGridStringTable()
3309         : wxGridTableBase()
3310 {
3311 }
3312
3313 wxGridStringTable::wxGridStringTable( int numRows, int numCols )
3314         : wxGridTableBase()
3315 {
3316     m_data.Alloc( numRows );
3317
3318     wxArrayString sa;
3319     sa.Alloc( numCols );
3320     sa.Add( wxEmptyString, numCols );
3321
3322     m_data.Add( sa, numRows );
3323 }
3324
3325 wxGridStringTable::~wxGridStringTable()
3326 {
3327 }
3328
3329 int wxGridStringTable::GetNumberRows()
3330 {
3331     return m_data.GetCount();
3332 }
3333
3334 int wxGridStringTable::GetNumberCols()
3335 {
3336     if ( m_data.GetCount() > 0 )
3337         return m_data[0].GetCount();
3338     else
3339         return 0;
3340 }
3341
3342 wxString wxGridStringTable::GetValue( int row, int col )
3343 {
3344     wxCHECK_MSG( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()),
3345                  wxEmptyString,
3346                  _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") );
3347
3348     return m_data[row][col];
3349 }
3350
3351 void wxGridStringTable::SetValue( int row, int col, const wxString& value )
3352 {
3353     wxCHECK_RET( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()),
3354                  _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") );
3355
3356     m_data[row][col] = value;
3357 }
3358
3359 bool wxGridStringTable::IsEmptyCell( int row, int col )
3360 {
3361     wxCHECK_MSG( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()),
3362                  true,
3363                   _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") );
3364
3365     return (m_data[row][col] == wxEmptyString);
3366 }
3367
3368 void wxGridStringTable::Clear()
3369 {
3370     int row, col;
3371     int numRows, numCols;
3372
3373     numRows = m_data.GetCount();
3374     if ( numRows > 0 )
3375     {
3376         numCols = m_data[0].GetCount();
3377
3378         for ( row = 0; row < numRows; row++ )
3379         {
3380             for ( col = 0; col < numCols; col++ )
3381             {
3382                 m_data[row][col] = wxEmptyString;
3383             }
3384         }
3385     }
3386 }
3387
3388 bool wxGridStringTable::InsertRows( size_t pos, size_t numRows )
3389 {
3390     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3391     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() :
3392                           ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
3393
3394     if ( pos >= curNumRows )
3395     {
3396         return AppendRows( numRows );
3397     }
3398
3399     wxArrayString sa;
3400     sa.Alloc( curNumCols );
3401     sa.Add( wxEmptyString, curNumCols );
3402     m_data.Insert( sa, pos, numRows );
3403
3404     if ( GetView() )
3405     {
3406         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3407                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED,
3408                                 pos,
3409                                 numRows );
3410
3411         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3412     }
3413
3414     return true;
3415 }
3416
3417 bool wxGridStringTable::AppendRows( size_t numRows )
3418 {
3419     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3420     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0
3421                          ? m_data[0].GetCount()
3422                          : ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
3423
3424     wxArrayString sa;
3425     if ( curNumCols > 0 )
3426     {
3427         sa.Alloc( curNumCols );
3428         sa.Add( wxEmptyString, curNumCols );
3429     }
3430
3431     m_data.Add( sa, numRows );
3432
3433     if ( GetView() )
3434     {
3435         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3436                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED,
3437                                 numRows );
3438
3439         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3440     }
3441
3442     return true;
3443 }
3444
3445 bool wxGridStringTable::DeleteRows( size_t pos, size_t numRows )
3446 {
3447     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3448
3449     if ( pos >= curNumRows )
3450     {
3451         wxFAIL_MSG( wxString::Format
3452                     (
3453                         wxT("Called wxGridStringTable::DeleteRows(pos=%lu, N=%lu)\nPos value is invalid for present table with %lu rows"),
3454                         (unsigned long)pos,
3455                         (unsigned long)numRows,
3456                         (unsigned long)curNumRows
3457                     ) );
3458
3459         return false;
3460     }
3461
3462     if ( numRows > curNumRows - pos )
3463     {
3464         numRows = curNumRows - pos;
3465     }
3466
3467     if ( numRows >= curNumRows )
3468     {
3469         m_data.Clear();
3470     }
3471     else
3472     {
3473         m_data.RemoveAt( pos, numRows );
3474     }
3475
3476     if ( GetView() )
3477     {
3478         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3479                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED,
3480                                 pos,
3481                                 numRows );
3482
3483         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3484     }
3485
3486     return true;
3487 }
3488
3489 bool wxGridStringTable::InsertCols( size_t pos, size_t numCols )
3490 {
3491     size_t row, col;
3492
3493     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3494     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0
3495                          ? m_data[0].GetCount()
3496                          : ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
3497
3498     if ( pos >= curNumCols )
3499     {
3500         return AppendCols( numCols );
3501     }
3502
3503     for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ )
3504     {
3505         for ( col = pos; col < pos + numCols; col++ )
3506         {
3507             m_data[row].Insert( wxEmptyString, col );
3508         }
3509     }
3510
3511     if ( GetView() )
3512     {
3513         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3514                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED,
3515                                 pos,
3516                                 numCols );
3517
3518         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3519     }
3520
3521     return true;
3522 }
3523
3524 bool wxGridStringTable::AppendCols( size_t numCols )
3525 {
3526     size_t row;
3527
3528     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3529
3530 #if 0
3531     if ( !curNumRows )
3532     {
3533         // TODO: something better than this ?
3534         //
3535         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Unable to append cols to a grid table with no rows.\nCall AppendRows() first") );
3536         return false;
3537     }
3538 #endif
3539
3540     for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ )
3541     {
3542         m_data[row].Add( wxEmptyString, numCols );
3543     }
3544
3545     if ( GetView() )
3546     {
3547         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3548                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED,
3549                                 numCols );
3550
3551         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3552     }
3553
3554     return true;
3555 }
3556
3557 bool wxGridStringTable::DeleteCols( size_t pos, size_t numCols )
3558 {
3559     size_t row;
3560
3561     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3562     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() :
3563                           ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
3564
3565     if ( pos >= curNumCols )
3566     {
3567         wxFAIL_MSG( wxString::Format
3568                     (
3569                         wxT("Called wxGridStringTable::DeleteCols(pos=%lu, N=%lu)\nPos value is invalid for present table with %lu cols"),
3570                         (unsigned long)pos,
3571                         (unsigned long)numCols,
3572                         (unsigned long)curNumCols
3573                     ) );
3574         return false;
3575     }
3576
3577     if ( numCols > curNumCols - pos )
3578     {
3579         numCols = curNumCols - pos;
3580     }
3581
3582     for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ )
3583     {
3584         if ( numCols >= curNumCols )
3585         {
3586             m_data[row].Clear();
3587         }
3588         else
3589         {
3590             m_data[row].RemoveAt( pos, numCols );
3591         }
3592     }
3593
3594     if ( GetView() )
3595     {
3596         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3597                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED,
3598                                 pos,
3599                                 numCols );
3600
3601         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3602     }
3603
3604     return true;
3605 }
3606
3607 wxString wxGridStringTable::GetRowLabelValue( int row )
3608 {
3609     if ( row > (int)(m_rowLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
3610     {
3611         // using default label
3612         //
3613         return wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue( row );
3614     }
3615     else
3616     {
3617         return m_rowLabels[row];
3618     }
3619 }
3620
3621 wxString wxGridStringTable::GetColLabelValue( int col )
3622 {
3623     if ( col > (int)(m_colLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
3624     {
3625         // using default label
3626         //
3627         return wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( col );
3628     }
3629     else
3630     {
3631         return m_colLabels[col];
3632     }
3633 }
3634
3635 void wxGridStringTable::SetRowLabelValue( int row, const wxString& value )
3636 {
3637     if ( row > (int)(m_rowLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
3638     {
3639         int n = m_rowLabels.GetCount();
3640         int i;
3641
3642         for ( i = n; i <= row; i++ )
3643         {
3644             m_rowLabels.Add( wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue(i) );
3645         }
3646     }
3647
3648     m_rowLabels[row] = value;
3649 }
3650
3651 void wxGridStringTable::SetColLabelValue( int col, const wxString& value )
3652 {
3653     if ( col > (int)(m_colLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
3654     {
3655         int n = m_colLabels.GetCount();
3656         int i;
3657
3658         for ( i = n; i <= col; i++ )
3659         {
3660             m_colLabels.Add( wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue(i) );
3661         }
3662     }
3663
3664     m_colLabels[col] = value;
3665 }
3666
3667
3668 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3669 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3670
3671 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridRowLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3672
3673 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridRowLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3674     EVT_PAINT( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnPaint )
3675     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel )
3676     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent )
3677     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnKeyDown )
3678     EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnKeyUp )
3679     EVT_CHAR( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnChar )
3680 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3681
3682 wxGridRowLabelWindow::wxGridRowLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent,
3683                                             wxWindowID id,
3684                                             const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size )
3685   : wxWindow( parent, id, pos, size, wxWANTS_CHARS | wxBORDER_NONE | wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE )
3686 {
3687     m_owner = parent;
3688 }
3689
3690 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
3691 {
3692     wxPaintDC dc(this);
3693
3694     // NO - don't do this because it will set both the x and y origin
3695     // coords to match the parent scrolled window and we just want to
3696     // set the y coord  - MB
3697     //
3698     // m_owner->PrepareDC( dc );
3699
3700     int x, y;
3701     m_owner->CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &x, &y );
3702     dc.SetDeviceOrigin( 0, -y );
3703
3704     wxArrayInt rows = m_owner->CalcRowLabelsExposed( GetUpdateRegion() );
3705     m_owner->DrawRowLabels( dc, rows );
3706 }
3707
3708 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
3709 {
3710     m_owner->ProcessRowLabelMouseEvent( event );
3711 }
3712
3713 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
3714 {
3715     m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event );
3716 }
3717
3718 // This seems to be required for wxMotif otherwise the mouse
3719 // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events
3720 //
3721 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
3722 {
3723     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3724         event.Skip();
3725 }
3726
3727 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
3728 {
3729     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3730         event.Skip();
3731 }
3732
3733 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event )
3734 {
3735     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3736         event.Skip();
3737 }
3738
3739 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3740
3741 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridColLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3742
3743 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridColLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3744     EVT_PAINT( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnPaint )
3745     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel )
3746     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent )
3747     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnKeyDown )
3748     EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnKeyUp )
3749     EVT_CHAR( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnChar )
3750 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3751
3752 wxGridColLabelWindow::wxGridColLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent,
3753                                             wxWindowID id,
3754                                             const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size )
3755   : wxWindow( parent, id, pos, size, wxWANTS_CHARS | wxBORDER_NONE | wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE )
3756 {
3757     m_owner = parent;
3758 }
3759
3760 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
3761 {
3762     wxPaintDC dc(this);
3763
3764     // NO - don't do this because it will set both the x and y origin
3765     // coords to match the parent scrolled window and we just want to
3766     // set the x coord  - MB
3767     //
3768     // m_owner->PrepareDC( dc );
3769
3770     int x, y;
3771     m_owner->CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &x, &y );
3772     dc.SetDeviceOrigin( -x, 0 );
3773
3774     wxArrayInt cols = m_owner->CalcColLabelsExposed( GetUpdateRegion() );
3775     m_owner->DrawColLabels( dc, cols );
3776 }
3777
3778 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
3779 {
3780     m_owner->ProcessColLabelMouseEvent( event );
3781 }
3782
3783 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
3784 {
3785     m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event );
3786 }
3787
3788 // This seems to be required for wxMotif otherwise the mouse
3789 // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events
3790 //
3791 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
3792 {
3793     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3794         event.Skip();
3795 }
3796
3797 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
3798 {
3799     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3800         event.Skip();
3801 }
3802
3803 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event )
3804 {
3805     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3806         event.Skip();
3807 }
3808
3809 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3810
3811 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridCornerLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3812
3813 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridCornerLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3814     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel )
3815     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent )
3816     EVT_PAINT( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnPaint )
3817     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnKeyDown )
3818     EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnKeyUp )
3819     EVT_CHAR( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnChar )
3820 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3821
3822 wxGridCornerLabelWindow::wxGridCornerLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent,
3823                                                   wxWindowID id,
3824                                                   const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size )
3825   : wxWindow( parent, id, pos, size, wxWANTS_CHARS | wxBORDER_NONE | wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE )
3826 {
3827     m_owner = parent;
3828 }
3829
3830 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
3831 {
3832     wxPaintDC dc(this);
3833
3834     int client_height = 0;
3835     int client_width = 0;
3836     GetClientSize( &client_width, &client_height );
3837
3838     // VZ: any reason for this ifdef? (FIXME)
3839 #ifdef __WXGTK__
3840     wxRect rect;
3841     rect.SetX( 1 );
3842     rect.SetY( 1 );
3843     rect.SetWidth( client_width - 2 );
3844     rect.SetHeight( client_height - 2 );
3845
3846     wxRendererNative::Get().DrawHeaderButton( this, dc, rect, 0 );
3847 #else // !__WXGTK__
3848     dc.SetPen( wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DDKSHADOW), 1, wxSOLID) );
3849     dc.DrawLine( client_width - 1, client_height - 1, client_width - 1, 0 );
3850     dc.DrawLine( client_width - 1, client_height - 1, 0, client_height - 1 );
3851     dc.DrawLine( 0, 0, client_width, 0 );
3852     dc.DrawLine( 0, 0, 0, client_height );
3853
3854     dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN );
3855     dc.DrawLine( 1, 1, client_width - 1, 1 );
3856     dc.DrawLine( 1, 1, 1, client_height - 1 );
3857 #endif
3858 }
3859
3860 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
3861 {
3862     m_owner->ProcessCornerLabelMouseEvent( event );
3863 }
3864
3865 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
3866 {
3867     m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
3868 }
3869
3870 // This seems to be required for wxMotif otherwise the mouse
3871 // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events
3872 //
3873 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
3874 {
3875     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3876         event.Skip();
3877 }
3878
3879 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
3880 {
3881     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3882         event.Skip();
3883 }
3884
3885 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event )
3886 {
3887     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3888         event.Skip();
3889 }
3890
3891 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3892
3893 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridWindow, wxWindow )
3894
3895 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridWindow, wxWindow )
3896     EVT_PAINT( wxGridWindow::OnPaint )
3897     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridWindow::OnMouseWheel )
3898     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridWindow::OnMouseEvent )
3899     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridWindow::OnKeyDown )
3900     EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridWindow::OnKeyUp )
3901     EVT_CHAR( wxGridWindow::OnChar )
3902     EVT_SET_FOCUS( wxGridWindow::OnFocus )
3903     EVT_KILL_FOCUS( wxGridWindow::OnFocus )
3904     EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND( wxGridWindow::OnEraseBackground )
3905 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3906
3907 wxGridWindow::wxGridWindow( wxGrid *parent,
3908                             wxGridRowLabelWindow *rowLblWin,
3909                             wxGridColLabelWindow *colLblWin,
3910                             wxWindowID id,
3911                             const wxPoint &pos,
3912                             const wxSize &size )
3913             : wxWindow(
3914                 parent, id, pos, size,
3915                 wxWANTS_CHARS | wxBORDER_NONE | wxCLIP_CHILDREN | wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE,
3916                 wxT("grid window") )
3917 {
3918     m_owner = parent;
3919     m_rowLabelWin = rowLblWin;
3920     m_colLabelWin = colLblWin;
3921 }
3922
3923 void wxGridWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &WXUNUSED(event) )
3924 {
3925     wxPaintDC dc( this );
3926     m_owner->PrepareDC( dc );
3927     wxRegion reg = GetUpdateRegion();
3928     wxGridCellCoordsArray dirtyCells = m_owner->CalcCellsExposed( reg );
3929     m_owner->DrawGridCellArea( dc, dirtyCells );
3930
3931 #if WXGRID_DRAW_LINES
3932     m_owner->DrawAllGridLines( dc, reg );
3933 #endif
3934
3935     m_owner->DrawGridSpace( dc );
3936     m_owner->DrawHighlight( dc, dirtyCells );
3937 }
3938
3939 void wxGridWindow::ScrollWindow( int dx, int dy, const wxRect *rect )
3940 {
3941     wxWindow::ScrollWindow( dx, dy, rect );
3942     m_rowLabelWin->ScrollWindow( 0, dy, rect );
3943     m_colLabelWin->ScrollWindow( dx, 0, rect );
3944 }
3945
3946 void wxGridWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
3947 {
3948     if (event.ButtonDown(wxMOUSE_BTN_LEFT) && FindFocus() != this)
3949         SetFocus();
3950
3951     m_owner->ProcessGridCellMouseEvent( event );
3952 }
3953
3954 void wxGridWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
3955 {
3956     m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event );
3957 }
3958
3959 // This seems to be required for wxMotif/wxGTK otherwise the mouse
3960 // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events
3961 //
3962 void wxGridWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
3963 {
3964     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3965         event.Skip();
3966 }
3967
3968 void wxGridWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
3969 {
3970     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3971         event.Skip();
3972 }
3973
3974 void wxGridWindow::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event )
3975 {
3976     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3977         event.Skip();
3978 }
3979
3980 void wxGridWindow::OnEraseBackground( wxEraseEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
3981 {
3982 }
3983
3984 void wxGridWindow::OnFocus(wxFocusEvent& event)
3985 {
3986     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3987         event.Skip();
3988 }
3989
3990 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3991
3992 // Internal Helper function for computing row or column from some
3993 // (unscrolled) coordinate value, using either
3994 // m_defaultRowHeight/m_defaultColWidth or binary search on array
3995 // of m_rowBottoms/m_ColRights to speed up the search!
3996
3997 // Internal helper macros for simpler use of that function
3998
3999 static int CoordToRowOrCol(int coord, int defaultDist, int minDist,
4000                            const wxArrayInt& BorderArray, int nMax,
4001                            bool clipToMinMax);
4002
4003 #define internalXToCol(x) CoordToRowOrCol(x, m_defaultColWidth, \
4004                                           m_minAcceptableColWidth, \
4005                                           m_colRights, m_numCols, true)
4006 #define internalYToRow(y) CoordToRowOrCol(y, m_defaultRowHeight, \
4007                                           m_minAcceptableRowHeight, \
4008                                           m_rowBottoms, m_numRows, true)
4009
4010 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
4011
4012 #if wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI
4013 WX_DEFINE_FLAGS( wxGridStyle )
4014
4015 wxBEGIN_FLAGS( wxGridStyle )
4016     // new style border flags, we put them first to
4017     // use them for streaming out
4018     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SIMPLE)
4019     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SUNKEN)
4020     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_DOUBLE)
4021     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_RAISED)
4022     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_STATIC)
4023     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_NONE)
4024
4025     // old style border flags
4026     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSIMPLE_BORDER)
4027     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSUNKEN_BORDER)
4028     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxDOUBLE_BORDER)
4029     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxRAISED_BORDER)
4030     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSTATIC_BORDER)
4031     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER)
4032
4033     // standard window styles
4034     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTAB_TRAVERSAL)
4035     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxCLIP_CHILDREN)
4036     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTRANSPARENT_WINDOW)
4037     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxWANTS_CHARS)
4038     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE)
4039     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxALWAYS_SHOW_SB)
4040     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxVSCROLL)
4041     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxHSCROLL)
4042
4043 wxEND_FLAGS( wxGridStyle )
4044
4045 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_XTI(wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow,"wx/grid.h")
4046
4047 wxBEGIN_PROPERTIES_TABLE(wxGrid)
4048     wxHIDE_PROPERTY( Children )
4049     wxPROPERTY_FLAGS( WindowStyle , wxGridStyle , long , SetWindowStyleFlag , GetWindowStyleFlag , EMPTY_MACROVALUE, 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group")) // style
4050 wxEND_PROPERTIES_TABLE()
4051
4052 wxBEGIN_HANDLERS_TABLE(wxGrid)
4053 wxEND_HANDLERS_TABLE()
4054
4055 wxCONSTRUCTOR_5( wxGrid , wxWindow* , Parent , wxWindowID , Id , wxPoint , Position , wxSize , Size , long , WindowStyle )
4056
4057 /*
4058  TODO : Expose more information of a list's layout, etc. via appropriate objects (e.g., NotebookPageInfo)
4059 */
4060 #else
4061 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow )
4062 #endif
4063
4064 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow )
4065     EVT_PAINT( wxGrid::OnPaint )
4066     EVT_SIZE( wxGrid::OnSize )
4067     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGrid::OnKeyDown )
4068     EVT_KEY_UP( wxGrid::OnKeyUp )
4069     EVT_CHAR ( wxGrid::OnChar )
4070     EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND( wxGrid::OnEraseBackground )
4071 END_EVENT_TABLE()
4072
4073 wxGrid::wxGrid()
4074 {
4075     // in order to make sure that a size event is not
4076     // trigerred in a unfinished state
4077     m_cornerLabelWin = NULL;
4078     m_rowLabelWin = NULL;
4079     m_colLabelWin = NULL;
4080     m_gridWin = NULL;
4081 }
4082
4083 wxGrid::wxGrid( wxWindow *parent,
4084                  wxWindowID id,
4085                  const wxPoint& pos,
4086                  const wxSize& size,
4087                  long style,
4088                  const wxString& name )
4089   : wxScrolledWindow( parent, id, pos, size, (style | wxWANTS_CHARS), name ),
4090     m_colMinWidths(GRID_HASH_SIZE),
4091     m_rowMinHeights(GRID_HASH_SIZE)
4092 {
4093     Create();
4094     SetBestFittingSize(size);
4095 }
4096
4097 bool wxGrid::Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
4098                           const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size,
4099                           long style, const wxString& name)
4100 {
4101     if (!wxScrolledWindow::Create(parent, id, pos, size,
4102                                   style | wxWANTS_CHARS, name))
4103         return false;
4104
4105     m_colMinWidths = wxLongToLongHashMap(GRID_HASH_SIZE);
4106     m_rowMinHeights = wxLongToLongHashMap(GRID_HASH_SIZE);
4107
4108     Create();
4109     SetBestFittingSize(size);
4110
4111     return true;
4112 }
4113
4114 wxGrid::~wxGrid()
4115 {
4116     // Must do this or ~wxScrollHelper will pop the wrong event handler
4117     SetTargetWindow(this);
4118     ClearAttrCache();
4119     wxSafeDecRef(m_defaultCellAttr);
4120
4121 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
4122     size_t total = gs_nAttrCacheHits + gs_nAttrCacheMisses;
4123     wxPrintf(_T("wxGrid attribute cache statistics: "
4124                 "total: %u, hits: %u (%u%%)\n"),
4125              total, gs_nAttrCacheHits,
4126              total ? (gs_nAttrCacheHits*100) / total : 0);
4127 #endif
4128
4129     if (m_ownTable)
4130         delete m_table;
4131
4132     delete m_typeRegistry;
4133     delete m_selection;
4134 }
4135
4136 //
4137 // ----- internal init and update functions
4138 //
4139
4140 // NOTE: If using the default visual attributes works everywhere then this can
4141 // be removed as well as the #else cases below.
4142 #define _USE_VISATTR 0
4143
4144 #if _USE_VISATTR
4145 #include "wx/listbox.h"
4146 #endif
4147
4148 void wxGrid::Create()
4149 {
4150     // set to true by CreateGrid
4151     m_created = false;
4152
4153     // create the type registry
4154     m_typeRegistry = new wxGridTypeRegistry;
4155     m_selection = NULL;
4156
4157     m_table = (wxGridTableBase *) NULL;
4158     m_ownTable = false;
4159
4160     m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = false;
4161
4162     m_defaultCellAttr = new wxGridCellAttr();
4163
4164     // Set default cell attributes
4165     m_defaultCellAttr->SetDefAttr(m_defaultCellAttr);
4166     m_defaultCellAttr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Default);
4167     m_defaultCellAttr->SetFont(GetFont());
4168     m_defaultCellAttr->SetAlignment(wxALIGN_LEFT, wxALIGN_TOP);
4169     m_defaultCellAttr->SetRenderer(new wxGridCellStringRenderer);
4170     m_defaultCellAttr->SetEditor(new wxGridCellTextEditor);
4171
4172 #if _USE_VISATTR
4173     wxVisualAttributes gva = wxListBox::GetClassDefaultAttributes();
4174     wxVisualAttributes lva = wxPanel::GetClassDefaultAttributes();
4175
4176     m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(gva.colFg);
4177     m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(gva.colBg);
4178
4179 #else
4180     m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(
4181         wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT));
4182     m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(
4183         wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW));
4184 #endif
4185
4186     m_numRows = 0;
4187     m_numCols = 0;
4188     m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4189
4190     m_rowLabelWidth = WXGRID_DEFAULT_ROW_LABEL_WIDTH;
4191     m_colLabelHeight = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_LABEL_HEIGHT;
4192
4193     // subwindow components that make up the wxGrid
4194     m_rowLabelWin = new wxGridRowLabelWindow( this,
4195                                               wxID_ANY,
4196                                               wxDefaultPosition,
4197                                               wxDefaultSize );
4198
4199     m_colLabelWin = new wxGridColLabelWindow( this,
4200                                               wxID_ANY,
4201                                               wxDefaultPosition,
4202                                               wxDefaultSize );
4203
4204     m_cornerLabelWin = new wxGridCornerLabelWindow( this,
4205                                                     wxID_ANY,
4206                                                     wxDefaultPosition,
4207                                                     wxDefaultSize );
4208
4209     m_gridWin = new wxGridWindow( this,
4210                                   m_rowLabelWin,
4211                                   m_colLabelWin,
4212                                   wxID_ANY,
4213                                   wxDefaultPosition,
4214                                   wxDefaultSize );
4215
4216     SetTargetWindow( m_gridWin );
4217
4218 #if _USE_VISATTR
4219     wxColour gfg = gva.colFg;
4220     wxColour gbg = gva.colBg;
4221     wxColour lfg = lva.colFg;
4222     wxColour lbg = lva.colBg;
4223 #else
4224     wxColour gfg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT );
4225     wxColour gbg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW );
4226     wxColour lfg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT );
4227     wxColour lbg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE );
4228 #endif
4229
4230     m_cornerLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg);
4231     m_cornerLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg);
4232     m_rowLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg);
4233     m_rowLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg);
4234     m_colLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg);
4235     m_colLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg);
4236
4237     m_gridWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(gfg);
4238     m_gridWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(gbg);
4239
4240     Init();
4241 }
4242
4243 bool wxGrid::CreateGrid( int numRows, int numCols,
4244                          wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode )
4245 {
4246     wxCHECK_MSG( !m_created,
4247                  false,
4248                  wxT("wxGrid::CreateGrid or wxGrid::SetTable called more than once") );
4249
4250     m_numRows = numRows;
4251     m_numCols = numCols;
4252
4253     m_table = new wxGridStringTable( m_numRows, m_numCols );
4254     m_table->SetView( this );
4255     m_ownTable = true;
4256     m_selection = new wxGridSelection( this, selmode );
4257
4258     CalcDimensions();
4259
4260     m_created = true;
4261
4262     return m_created;
4263 }
4264
4265 void wxGrid::SetSelectionMode(wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode)
4266 {
4267     wxCHECK_RET( m_created,
4268                  wxT("Called wxGrid::SetSelectionMode() before calling CreateGrid()") );
4269
4270     m_selection->SetSelectionMode( selmode );
4271 }
4272
4273 wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes wxGrid::GetSelectionMode() const
4274 {
4275     wxCHECK_MSG( m_created, wxGrid::wxGridSelectCells,
4276                  wxT("Called wxGrid::GetSelectionMode() before calling CreateGrid()") );
4277
4278     return m_selection->GetSelectionMode();
4279 }
4280
4281 bool wxGrid::SetTable( wxGridTableBase *table, bool takeOwnership,
4282                        wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode )
4283 {
4284     if ( m_created )
4285     {
4286         // stop all processing
4287         m_created = false;
4288
4289         if (m_ownTable)
4290         {
4291             wxGridTableBase *t = m_table;
4292             m_table = NULL;
4293             delete t;
4294         }
4295
4296         delete m_selection;
4297
4298         m_table = NULL;
4299         m_selection = NULL;
4300         m_numRows = 0;
4301         m_numCols = 0;
4302     }
4303
4304     if (table)
4305     {
4306         m_numRows = table->GetNumberRows();
4307         m_numCols = table->GetNumberCols();
4308
4309         m_table = table;
4310         m_table->SetView( this );
4311         m_ownTable = takeOwnership;
4312         m_selection = new wxGridSelection( this, selmode );
4313
4314         CalcDimensions();
4315
4316         m_created = true;
4317     }
4318
4319     return m_created;
4320 }
4321
4322 void wxGrid::Init()
4323 {
4324     m_rowLabelWidth  = WXGRID_DEFAULT_ROW_LABEL_WIDTH;
4325     m_colLabelHeight = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_LABEL_HEIGHT;
4326
4327     if ( m_rowLabelWin )
4328     {
4329         m_labelBackgroundColour = m_rowLabelWin->GetBackgroundColour();
4330     }
4331     else
4332     {
4333         m_labelBackgroundColour = *wxWHITE;
4334     }
4335
4336     m_labelTextColour = *wxBLACK;
4337
4338     // init attr cache
4339     m_attrCache.row = -1;
4340     m_attrCache.col = -1;
4341     m_attrCache.attr = NULL;
4342
4343     // TODO: something better than this ?
4344     //
4345     m_labelFont = this->GetFont();
4346     m_labelFont.SetWeight( wxBOLD );
4347
4348     m_rowLabelHorizAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4349     m_rowLabelVertAlign  = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4350
4351     m_colLabelHorizAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4352     m_colLabelVertAlign  = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4353     m_colLabelTextOrientation = wxHORIZONTAL;
4354
4355     m_defaultColWidth  = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_WIDTH;
4356     m_defaultRowHeight = m_gridWin->GetCharHeight();
4357
4358     m_minAcceptableColWidth  = WXGRID_MIN_COL_WIDTH;
4359     m_minAcceptableRowHeight = WXGRID_MIN_ROW_HEIGHT;
4360
4361 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXGTK__)  // see also text ctrl sizing in ShowCellEditControl()
4362     m_defaultRowHeight += 8;
4363 #else
4364     m_defaultRowHeight += 4;
4365 #endif
4366
4367     m_gridLineColour = wxColour( 192,192,192 );
4368     m_gridLinesEnabled = true;
4369     m_cellHighlightColour = *wxBLACK;
4370     m_cellHighlightPenWidth = 2;
4371     m_cellHighlightROPenWidth = 1;
4372
4373     m_cursorMode  = WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL;
4374     m_winCapture = (wxWindow *)NULL;
4375     m_canDragRowSize = true;
4376     m_canDragColSize = true;
4377     m_canDragGridSize = true;
4378     m_canDragCell = false;
4379     m_dragLastPos  = -1;
4380     m_dragRowOrCol = -1;
4381     m_isDragging = false;
4382     m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition;
4383
4384     m_waitForSlowClick = false;
4385
4386     m_rowResizeCursor = wxCursor( wxCURSOR_SIZENS );
4387     m_colResizeCursor = wxCursor( wxCURSOR_SIZEWE );
4388
4389     m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4390
4391     m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4392     m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4393     m_selectionBackground = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHT);
4394     m_selectionForeground = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHTTEXT);
4395
4396     m_editable = true;  // default for whole grid
4397
4398     m_inOnKeyDown = false;
4399     m_batchCount = 0;
4400
4401     m_extraWidth =
4402     m_extraHeight = 0;
4403
4404     m_scrollLineX = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X;
4405     m_scrollLineY = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y;
4406 }
4407
4408 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
4409 // the idea is to call these functions only when necessary because they create
4410 // quite big arrays which eat memory mostly unnecessary - in particular, if
4411 // default widths/heights are used for all rows/columns, we may not use these
4412 // arrays at all
4413 //
4414 // with some extra code, it should be possible to only store the
4415 // widths/heights different from default ones but this will be done later...
4416 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
4417
4418 void wxGrid::InitRowHeights()
4419 {
4420     m_rowHeights.Empty();
4421     m_rowBottoms.Empty();
4422
4423     m_rowHeights.Alloc( m_numRows );
4424     m_rowBottoms.Alloc( m_numRows );
4425
4426     int rowBottom = 0;
4427
4428     m_rowHeights.Add( m_defaultRowHeight, m_numRows );
4429
4430     for ( int i = 0; i < m_numRows; i++ )
4431     {
4432         rowBottom += m_defaultRowHeight;
4433         m_rowBottoms.Add( rowBottom );
4434     }
4435 }
4436
4437 void wxGrid::InitColWidths()
4438 {
4439     m_colWidths.Empty();
4440     m_colRights.Empty();
4441
4442     m_colWidths.Alloc( m_numCols );
4443     m_colRights.Alloc( m_numCols );
4444     int colRight = 0;
4445
4446     m_colWidths.Add( m_defaultColWidth, m_numCols );
4447
4448     for ( int i = 0; i < m_numCols; i++ )
4449     {
4450         colRight += m_defaultColWidth;
4451         m_colRights.Add( colRight );
4452     }
4453 }
4454
4455 int wxGrid::GetColWidth(int col) const
4456 {
4457     return m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ? m_defaultColWidth : m_colWidths[col];
4458 }
4459
4460 int wxGrid::GetColLeft(int col) const
4461 {
4462     return m_colRights.IsEmpty() ? col * m_defaultColWidth
4463                                  : m_colRights[col] - m_colWidths[col];
4464 }
4465
4466 int wxGrid::GetColRight(int col) const
4467 {
4468     return m_colRights.IsEmpty() ? (col + 1) * m_defaultColWidth
4469                                  : m_colRights[col];
4470 }
4471
4472 int wxGrid::GetRowHeight(int row) const
4473 {
4474     return m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ? m_defaultRowHeight : m_rowHeights[row];
4475 }
4476
4477 int wxGrid::GetRowTop(int row) const
4478 {
4479     return m_rowBottoms.IsEmpty() ? row * m_defaultRowHeight
4480                                   : m_rowBottoms[row] - m_rowHeights[row];
4481 }
4482
4483 int wxGrid::GetRowBottom(int row) const
4484 {
4485     return m_rowBottoms.IsEmpty() ? (row + 1) * m_defaultRowHeight
4486                                   : m_rowBottoms[row];
4487 }
4488
4489 void wxGrid::CalcDimensions()
4490 {
4491     int cw, ch;
4492     GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
4493
4494     if ( m_rowLabelWin->IsShown() )
4495         cw -= m_rowLabelWidth;
4496     if ( m_colLabelWin->IsShown() )
4497         ch -= m_colLabelHeight;
4498
4499     // grid total size
4500     int w = m_numCols > 0 ? GetColRight(m_numCols - 1) + m_extraWidth + 1 : 0;
4501     int h = m_numRows > 0 ? GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) + m_extraHeight + 1 : 0;
4502
4503     // take into account editor if shown
4504     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
4505     {
4506         int w2, h2;
4507         int r = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
4508         int c = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
4509         int x = GetColLeft(c);
4510         int y = GetRowTop(r);
4511
4512         // how big is the editor
4513         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(r, c);
4514         wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, r, c);
4515         editor->GetControl()->GetSize(&w2, &h2);
4516         w2 += x;
4517         h2 += y;
4518         if ( w2 > w )
4519             w = w2;
4520         if ( h2 > h )
4521             h = h2;
4522         editor->DecRef();
4523         attr->DecRef();
4524     }
4525
4526     // preserve (more or less) the previous position
4527     int x, y;
4528     GetViewStart( &x, &y );
4529
4530     // ensure the position is valid for the new scroll ranges
4531     if ( x >= w )
4532         x = wxMax( w - 1, 0 );
4533     if ( y >= h )
4534         y = wxMax( h - 1, 0 );
4535
4536     // do set scrollbar parameters
4537     SetScrollbars( m_scrollLineX, m_scrollLineY,
4538                    GetScrollX(w), GetScrollY(h), x, y,
4539                    GetBatchCount() != 0);
4540
4541     // if our OnSize() hadn't been called (it would if we have scrollbars), we
4542     // still must reposition the children
4543     CalcWindowSizes();
4544 }
4545
4546 void wxGrid::CalcWindowSizes()
4547 {
4548     // escape if the window is has not been fully created yet
4549
4550     if ( m_cornerLabelWin == NULL )
4551         return;
4552
4553     int cw, ch;
4554     GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
4555
4556     if ( m_cornerLabelWin && m_cornerLabelWin->IsShown() )
4557         m_cornerLabelWin->SetSize( 0, 0, m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight );
4558
4559     if ( m_colLabelWin && m_colLabelWin->IsShown() )
4560         m_colLabelWin->SetSize( m_rowLabelWidth, 0, cw - m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight );
4561
4562     if ( m_rowLabelWin && m_rowLabelWin->IsShown() )
4563         m_rowLabelWin->SetSize( 0, m_colLabelHeight, m_rowLabelWidth, ch - m_colLabelHeight );
4564
4565     if ( m_gridWin && m_gridWin->IsShown() )
4566         m_gridWin->SetSize( m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight, cw - m_rowLabelWidth, ch - m_colLabelHeight );
4567 }
4568
4569 // this is called when the grid table sends a message
4570 // to indicate that it has been redimensioned
4571 //
4572 bool wxGrid::Redimension( wxGridTableMessage& msg )
4573 {
4574     int i;
4575     bool result = false;
4576
4577     // Clear the attribute cache as the attribute might refer to a different
4578     // cell than stored in the cache after adding/removing rows/columns.
4579     ClearAttrCache();
4580
4581     // By the same reasoning, the editor should be dismissed if columns are
4582     // added or removed. And for consistency, it should IMHO always be
4583     // removed, not only if the cell "underneath" it actually changes.
4584     // For now, I intentionally do not save the editor's content as the
4585     // cell it might want to save that stuff to might no longer exist.
4586     HideCellEditControl();
4587
4588 #if 0
4589     // if we were using the default widths/heights so far, we must change them
4590     // now
4591     if ( m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
4592     {
4593         InitColWidths();
4594     }
4595
4596     if ( m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
4597     {
4598         InitRowHeights();
4599     }
4600 #endif
4601
4602     switch ( msg.GetId() )
4603     {
4604         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED:
4605         {
4606             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
4607             int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt2();
4608
4609             m_numRows += numRows;
4610
4611             if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
4612             {
4613                 m_rowHeights.Insert( m_defaultRowHeight, pos, numRows );
4614                 m_rowBottoms.Insert( 0, pos, numRows );
4615
4616                 int bottom = 0;
4617                 if ( pos > 0 )
4618                     bottom = m_rowBottoms[pos - 1];
4619
4620                 for ( i = pos; i < m_numRows; i++ )
4621                 {
4622                     bottom += m_rowHeights[i];
4623                     m_rowBottoms[i] = bottom;
4624                 }
4625             }
4626
4627             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
4628             {
4629                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
4630                 // cell will be undefined...
4631                 //
4632                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
4633             }
4634
4635             if ( m_selection )
4636                 m_selection->UpdateRows( pos, numRows );
4637             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
4638             if (attrProvider)
4639                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( pos, numRows );
4640
4641             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4642             {
4643                 CalcDimensions();
4644                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
4645             }
4646         }
4647         result = true;
4648         break;
4649
4650         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED:
4651         {
4652             int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt();
4653             int oldNumRows = m_numRows;
4654             m_numRows += numRows;
4655
4656             if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
4657             {
4658                 m_rowHeights.Add( m_defaultRowHeight, numRows );
4659                 m_rowBottoms.Add( 0, numRows );
4660
4661                 int bottom = 0;
4662                 if ( oldNumRows > 0 )
4663                     bottom = m_rowBottoms[oldNumRows - 1];
4664
4665                 for ( i = oldNumRows; i < m_numRows; i++ )
4666                 {
4667                     bottom += m_rowHeights[i];
4668                     m_rowBottoms[i] = bottom;
4669                 }
4670             }
4671
4672             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
4673             {
4674                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
4675                 // cell will be undefined...
4676                 //
4677                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
4678             }
4679
4680             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4681             {
4682                 CalcDimensions();
4683                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
4684             }
4685         }
4686         result = true;
4687         break;
4688
4689         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED:
4690         {
4691             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
4692             int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt2();
4693             m_numRows -= numRows;
4694
4695             if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
4696             {
4697                 m_rowHeights.RemoveAt( pos, numRows );
4698                 m_rowBottoms.RemoveAt( pos, numRows );
4699
4700                 int h = 0;
4701                 for ( i = 0; i < m_numRows; i++ )
4702                 {
4703                     h += m_rowHeights[i];
4704                     m_rowBottoms[i] = h;
4705                 }
4706             }
4707
4708             if ( !m_numRows )
4709             {
4710                 m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4711             }
4712             else
4713             {
4714                 if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() >= m_numRows )
4715                     m_currentCellCoords.Set( 0, 0 );
4716             }
4717
4718             if ( m_selection )
4719                 m_selection->UpdateRows( pos, -((int)numRows) );
4720             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
4721             if (attrProvider)
4722             {
4723                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( pos, -((int)numRows) );
4724
4725 // ifdef'd out following patch from Paul Gammans
4726 #if 0
4727                 // No need to touch column attributes, unless we
4728                 // removed _all_ rows, in this case, we remove
4729                 // all column attributes.
4730                 // I hate to do this here, but the
4731                 // needed data is not available inside UpdateAttrRows.
4732                 if ( !GetNumberRows() )
4733                     attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( 0, -GetNumberCols() );
4734 #endif
4735             }
4736
4737             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4738             {
4739                 CalcDimensions();
4740                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
4741             }
4742         }
4743         result = true;
4744         break;
4745
4746         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED:
4747         {
4748             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
4749             int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt2();
4750             m_numCols += numCols;
4751
4752             if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
4753             {
4754                 m_colWidths.Insert( m_defaultColWidth, pos, numCols );
4755                 m_colRights.Insert( 0, pos, numCols );
4756
4757                 int right = 0;
4758                 if ( pos > 0 )
4759                     right = m_colRights[pos - 1];
4760
4761                 for ( i = pos; i < m_numCols; i++ )
4762                 {
4763                     right += m_colWidths[i];
4764                     m_colRights[i] = right;
4765                 }
4766             }
4767
4768             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
4769             {
4770                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
4771                 // cell will be undefined...
4772                 //
4773                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
4774             }
4775
4776             if ( m_selection )
4777                 m_selection->UpdateCols( pos, numCols );
4778             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
4779             if (attrProvider)
4780                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( pos, numCols );
4781             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4782             {
4783                 CalcDimensions();
4784                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
4785             }
4786         }
4787         result = true;
4788         break;
4789
4790         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED:
4791         {
4792             int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt();
4793             int oldNumCols = m_numCols;
4794             m_numCols += numCols;
4795             if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
4796             {
4797                 m_colWidths.Add( m_defaultColWidth, numCols );
4798                 m_colRights.Add( 0, numCols );
4799
4800                 int right = 0;
4801                 if ( oldNumCols > 0 )
4802                     right = m_colRights[oldNumCols - 1];
4803
4804                 for ( i = oldNumCols; i < m_numCols; i++ )
4805                 {
4806                     right += m_colWidths[i];
4807                     m_colRights[i] = right;
4808                 }
4809             }
4810
4811             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
4812             {
4813                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
4814                 // cell will be undefined...
4815                 //
4816                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
4817             }
4818             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4819             {
4820                 CalcDimensions();
4821                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
4822             }
4823         }
4824         result = true;
4825         break;
4826
4827         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED:
4828         {
4829             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
4830             int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt2();
4831             m_numCols -= numCols;
4832
4833             if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
4834             {
4835                 m_colWidths.RemoveAt( pos, numCols );
4836                 m_colRights.RemoveAt( pos, numCols );
4837
4838                 int w = 0;
4839                 for ( i = 0; i < m_numCols; i++ )
4840                 {
4841                     w += m_colWidths[i];
4842                     m_colRights[i] = w;
4843                 }
4844             }
4845
4846             if ( !m_numCols )
4847             {
4848                 m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4849             }
4850             else
4851             {
4852                 if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() >= m_numCols )
4853                   m_currentCellCoords.Set( 0, 0 );
4854             }
4855
4856             if ( m_selection )
4857                 m_selection->UpdateCols( pos, -((int)numCols) );
4858             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
4859             if (attrProvider)
4860             {
4861                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( pos, -((int)numCols) );
4862
4863 // ifdef'd out following patch from Paul Gammans
4864 #if 0
4865                 // No need to touch row attributes, unless we
4866                 // removed _all_ columns, in this case, we remove
4867                 // all row attributes.
4868                 // I hate to do this here, but the
4869                 // needed data is not available inside UpdateAttrCols.
4870                 if ( !GetNumberCols() )
4871                     attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( 0, -GetNumberRows() );
4872 #endif
4873             }
4874
4875             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4876             {
4877                 CalcDimensions();
4878                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
4879             }
4880         }
4881         result = true;
4882         break;
4883     }
4884
4885     if (result && !GetBatchCount() )
4886         m_gridWin->Refresh();
4887
4888     return result;
4889 }
4890
4891 wxArrayInt wxGrid::CalcRowLabelsExposed( const wxRegion& reg )
4892 {
4893     wxRegionIterator iter( reg );
4894     wxRect r;
4895
4896     wxArrayInt  rowlabels;
4897
4898     int top, bottom;
4899     while ( iter )
4900     {
4901         r = iter.GetRect();
4902
4903         // TODO: remove this when we can...
4904         // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update
4905         // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the
4906         // scrollbar with middle button.  This is a work-around
4907         //
4908 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
4909         int cw, ch;
4910         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
4911         if ( r.GetTop() > ch )
4912             r.SetTop( 0 );
4913         r.SetBottom( wxMin( r.GetBottom(), ch ) );
4914 #endif
4915
4916         // logical bounds of update region
4917         //
4918         int dummy;
4919         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, r.GetTop(), &dummy, &top );
4920         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, r.GetBottom(), &dummy, &bottom );
4921
4922         // find the row labels within these bounds
4923         //
4924         int row;
4925         for ( row = internalYToRow(top); row < m_numRows; row++ )
4926         {
4927             if ( GetRowBottom(row) < top )
4928                 continue;
4929
4930             if ( GetRowTop(row) > bottom )
4931                 break;
4932
4933             rowlabels.Add( row );
4934         }
4935
4936         ++iter;
4937     }
4938
4939     return rowlabels;
4940 }
4941
4942 wxArrayInt wxGrid::CalcColLabelsExposed( const wxRegion& reg )
4943 {
4944     wxRegionIterator iter( reg );
4945     wxRect r;
4946
4947     wxArrayInt colLabels;
4948
4949     int left, right;
4950     while ( iter )
4951     {
4952         r = iter.GetRect();
4953
4954         // TODO: remove this when we can...
4955         // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update
4956         // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the
4957         // scrollbar with middle button.  This is a work-around
4958         //
4959 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
4960         int cw, ch;
4961         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
4962         if ( r.GetLeft() > cw )
4963             r.SetLeft( 0 );
4964         r.SetRight( wxMin( r.GetRight(), cw ) );
4965 #endif
4966
4967         // logical bounds of update region
4968         //
4969         int dummy;
4970         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), 0, &left, &dummy );
4971         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), 0, &right, &dummy );
4972
4973         // find the cells within these bounds
4974         //
4975         int col;
4976         for ( col = internalXToCol(left); col < m_numCols; col++ )
4977         {
4978             if ( GetColRight(col) < left )
4979                 continue;
4980
4981             if ( GetColLeft(col) > right )
4982                 break;
4983
4984             colLabels.Add( col );
4985         }
4986
4987         ++iter;
4988     }
4989
4990     return colLabels;
4991 }
4992
4993 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::CalcCellsExposed( const wxRegion& reg )
4994 {
4995     wxRegionIterator iter( reg );
4996     wxRect r;
4997
4998     wxGridCellCoordsArray  cellsExposed;
4999
5000     int left, top, right, bottom;
5001     while ( iter )
5002     {
5003         r = iter.GetRect();
5004
5005         // TODO: remove this when we can...
5006         // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update
5007         // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the
5008         // scrollbar with middle button.  This is a work-around
5009         //
5010 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
5011         int cw, ch;
5012         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5013         if ( r.GetTop() > ch ) r.SetTop( 0 );
5014         if ( r.GetLeft() > cw ) r.SetLeft( 0 );
5015         r.SetRight( wxMin( r.GetRight(), cw ) );
5016         r.SetBottom( wxMin( r.GetBottom(), ch ) );
5017 #endif
5018
5019         // logical bounds of update region
5020         //
5021         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top );
5022         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom );
5023
5024         // find the cells within these bounds
5025         //
5026         int row, col;
5027         for ( row = internalYToRow(top); row < m_numRows; row++ )
5028         {
5029             if ( GetRowBottom(row) <= top )
5030                 continue;
5031
5032             if ( GetRowTop(row) > bottom )
5033                 break;
5034
5035             for ( col = internalXToCol(left); col < m_numCols; col++ )
5036             {
5037                 if ( GetColRight(col) <= left )
5038                     continue;
5039
5040                 if ( GetColLeft(col) > right )
5041                     break;
5042
5043                 cellsExposed.Add( wxGridCellCoords( row, col ) );
5044             }
5045         }
5046
5047         ++iter;
5048     }
5049
5050     return cellsExposed;
5051 }
5052
5053
5054 void wxGrid::ProcessRowLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
5055 {
5056     int x, y, row;
5057     wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() );
5058     CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y );
5059
5060     if ( event.Dragging() )
5061     {
5062         if (!m_isDragging)
5063         {
5064             m_isDragging = true;
5065             m_rowLabelWin->CaptureMouse();
5066         }
5067
5068         if ( event.LeftIsDown() )
5069         {
5070             switch ( m_cursorMode )
5071             {
5072                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW:
5073                 {
5074                     int cw, ch, left, dummy;
5075                     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5076                     CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy );
5077
5078                     wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
5079                     PrepareDC( dc );
5080                     y = wxMax( y,
5081                                GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol) +
5082                                GetRowMinimalHeight(m_dragRowOrCol) );
5083                     dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
5084                     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
5085                     {
5086                         dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left+cw, m_dragLastPos );
5087                     }
5088                     dc.DrawLine( left, y, left+cw, y );
5089                     m_dragLastPos = y;
5090                 }
5091                 break;
5092
5093                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW:
5094                 {
5095                     if ( (row = YToRow( y )) >= 0 )
5096                     {
5097                         if ( m_selection )
5098                         {
5099                             m_selection->SelectRow( row,
5100                                                     event.ControlDown(),
5101                                                     event.ShiftDown(),
5102                                                     event.AltDown(),
5103                                                     event.MetaDown() );
5104                         }
5105                     }
5106                 }
5107                 break;
5108
5109                 // default label to suppress warnings about "enumeration value
5110                 // 'xxx' not handled in switch
5111                 default:
5112                     break;
5113             }
5114         }
5115         return;
5116     }
5117
5118     if ( m_isDragging && (event.Entering() || event.Leaving()) )
5119         return;
5120
5121     if (m_isDragging)
5122     {
5123         if (m_rowLabelWin->HasCapture())
5124             m_rowLabelWin->ReleaseMouse();
5125         m_isDragging = false;
5126     }
5127
5128     // ------------ Entering or leaving the window
5129     //
5130     if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() )
5131     {
5132         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin);
5133     }
5134
5135     // ------------ Left button pressed
5136     //
5137     else if ( event.LeftDown() )
5138     {
5139         // don't send a label click event for a hit on the
5140         // edge of the row label - this is probably the user
5141         // wanting to resize the row
5142         //
5143         if ( YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 )
5144         {
5145             row = YToRow(y);
5146             if ( row >= 0 &&
5147                  !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, row, -1, event ) )
5148             {
5149                 if ( !event.ShiftDown() && !event.CmdDown() )
5150                     ClearSelection();
5151                 if ( m_selection )
5152                 {
5153                     if ( event.ShiftDown() )
5154                     {
5155                         m_selection->SelectBlock( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
5156                                                   0,
5157                                                   row,
5158                                                   GetNumberCols() - 1,
5159                                                   event.ControlDown(),
5160                                                   event.ShiftDown(),
5161                                                   event.AltDown(),
5162                                                   event.MetaDown() );
5163                     }
5164                     else
5165                     {
5166                         m_selection->SelectRow( row,
5167                                                 event.ControlDown(),
5168                                                 event.ShiftDown(),
5169                                                 event.AltDown(),
5170                                                 event.MetaDown() );
5171                     }
5172                 }
5173
5174                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW, m_rowLabelWin);
5175             }
5176         }
5177         else
5178         {
5179             // starting to drag-resize a row
5180             if ( CanDragRowSize() )
5181                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, m_rowLabelWin);
5182         }
5183     }
5184
5185     // ------------ Left double click
5186     //
5187     else if (event.LeftDClick() )
5188     {
5189         row = YToEdgeOfRow(y);
5190         if ( row < 0 )
5191         {
5192             row = YToRow(y);
5193             if ( row >=0 &&
5194                  !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, row, -1, event ) )
5195             {
5196                 // no default action at the moment
5197             }
5198         }
5199         else
5200         {
5201             // adjust row height depending on label text
5202             AutoSizeRowLabelSize( row );
5203
5204             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin);
5205             m_dragLastPos = -1;
5206         }
5207     }
5208
5209     // ------------ Left button released
5210     //
5211     else if ( event.LeftUp() )
5212     {
5213         if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW )
5214         {
5215             DoEndDragResizeRow();
5216
5217             // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
5218             // default processing in this case
5219             //
5220             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, m_dragRowOrCol, -1, event );
5221         }
5222
5223         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin);
5224         m_dragLastPos = -1;
5225     }
5226
5227     // ------------ Right button down
5228     //
5229     else if ( event.RightDown() )
5230     {
5231         row = YToRow(y);
5232         if ( row >=0 &&
5233              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, row, -1, event ) )
5234         {
5235             // no default action at the moment
5236         }
5237     }
5238
5239     // ------------ Right double click
5240     //
5241     else if ( event.RightDClick() )
5242     {
5243         row = YToRow(y);
5244         if ( row >= 0 &&
5245              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, row, -1, event ) )
5246         {
5247             // no default action at the moment
5248         }
5249     }
5250
5251     // ------------ No buttons down and mouse moving
5252     //
5253     else if ( event.Moving() )
5254     {
5255         m_dragRowOrCol = YToEdgeOfRow( y );
5256         if ( m_dragRowOrCol >= 0 )
5257         {
5258             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5259             {
5260                 // don't capture the mouse yet
5261                 if ( CanDragRowSize() )
5262                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, m_rowLabelWin, false);
5263             }
5264         }
5265         else if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5266         {
5267             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin, false);
5268         }
5269     }
5270 }
5271
5272 void wxGrid::ProcessColLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
5273 {
5274     int x, y, col;
5275     wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() );
5276     CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y );
5277
5278     if ( event.Dragging() )
5279     {
5280         if (!m_isDragging)
5281         {
5282             m_isDragging = true;
5283             m_colLabelWin->CaptureMouse();
5284         }
5285
5286         if ( event.LeftIsDown() )
5287         {
5288             switch ( m_cursorMode )
5289             {
5290                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL:
5291                 {
5292                     int cw, ch, dummy, top;
5293                     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5294                     CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top );
5295
5296                     wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
5297                     PrepareDC( dc );
5298
5299                     x = wxMax( x, GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol) +
5300                                   GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol));
5301                     dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
5302                     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
5303                     {
5304                         dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top + ch );
5305                     }
5306                     dc.DrawLine( x, top, x, top + ch );
5307                     m_dragLastPos = x;
5308                 }
5309                 break;
5310
5311                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL:
5312                 {
5313                     if ( (col = XToCol( x )) >= 0 )
5314                     {
5315                         if ( m_selection )
5316                         {
5317                             m_selection->SelectCol( col,
5318                                                     event.ControlDown(),
5319                                                     event.ShiftDown(),
5320                                                     event.AltDown(),
5321                                                     event.MetaDown() );
5322                         }
5323                     }
5324                 }
5325                 break;
5326
5327                 // default label to suppress warnings about "enumeration value
5328                 // 'xxx' not handled in switch
5329                 default:
5330                     break;
5331             }
5332         }
5333         return;
5334     }
5335
5336     if ( m_isDragging && (event.Entering() || event.Leaving()) )
5337         return;
5338
5339     if (m_isDragging)
5340     {
5341         if (m_colLabelWin->HasCapture())
5342             m_colLabelWin->ReleaseMouse();
5343         m_isDragging = false;
5344     }
5345
5346     // ------------ Entering or leaving the window
5347     //
5348     if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() )
5349     {
5350         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin);
5351     }
5352
5353     // ------------ Left button pressed
5354     //
5355     else if ( event.LeftDown() )
5356     {
5357         // don't send a label click event for a hit on the
5358         // edge of the col label - this is probably the user
5359         // wanting to resize the col
5360         //
5361         if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0 )
5362         {
5363             col = XToCol(x);
5364             if ( col >= 0 &&
5365                  !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, -1, col, event ) )
5366             {
5367                 if ( !event.ShiftDown() && !event.CmdDown() )
5368                     ClearSelection();
5369                 if ( m_selection )
5370                 {
5371                     if ( event.ShiftDown() )
5372                     {
5373                         m_selection->SelectBlock( 0,
5374                                                   m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(),
5375                                                   GetNumberRows() - 1, col,
5376                                                   event.ControlDown(),
5377                                                   event.ShiftDown(),
5378                                                   event.AltDown(),
5379                                                   event.MetaDown() );
5380                     }
5381                     else
5382                     {
5383                         m_selection->SelectCol( col,
5384                                                 event.ControlDown(),
5385                                                 event.ShiftDown(),
5386                                                 event.AltDown(),
5387                                                 event.MetaDown() );
5388                     }
5389                 }
5390
5391                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL, m_colLabelWin);
5392             }
5393         }
5394         else
5395         {
5396             // starting to drag-resize a col
5397             //
5398             if ( CanDragColSize() )
5399                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, m_colLabelWin);
5400         }
5401     }
5402
5403     // ------------ Left double click
5404     //
5405     if ( event.LeftDClick() )
5406     {
5407         col = XToEdgeOfCol(x);
5408         if ( col < 0 )
5409         {
5410             col = XToCol(x);
5411             if ( col >= 0 &&
5412                  ! SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, -1, col, event ) )
5413             {
5414                 // no default action at the moment
5415             }
5416         }
5417         else
5418         {
5419             // adjust column width depending on label text
5420             AutoSizeColLabelSize( col );
5421
5422             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin);
5423             m_dragLastPos = -1;
5424         }
5425     }
5426
5427     // ------------ Left button released
5428     //
5429     else if ( event.LeftUp() )
5430     {
5431         if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL )
5432         {
5433             DoEndDragResizeCol();
5434
5435             // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
5436             // default processing in this case
5437             //
5438             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol, event );
5439         }
5440
5441         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin);
5442         m_dragLastPos = -1;
5443     }
5444
5445     // ------------ Right button down
5446     //
5447     else if ( event.RightDown() )
5448     {
5449         col = XToCol(x);
5450         if ( col >= 0 &&
5451              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, -1, col, event ) )
5452         {
5453             // no default action at the moment
5454         }
5455     }
5456
5457     // ------------ Right double click
5458     //
5459     else if ( event.RightDClick() )
5460     {
5461         col = XToCol(x);
5462         if ( col >= 0 &&
5463              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, -1, col, event ) )
5464         {
5465             // no default action at the moment
5466         }
5467     }
5468
5469     // ------------ No buttons down and mouse moving
5470     //
5471     else if ( event.Moving() )
5472     {
5473         m_dragRowOrCol = XToEdgeOfCol( x );
5474         if ( m_dragRowOrCol >= 0 )
5475         {
5476             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5477             {
5478                 // don't capture the cursor yet
5479                 if ( CanDragColSize() )
5480                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, m_colLabelWin, false);
5481             }
5482         }
5483         else if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5484         {
5485             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin, false);
5486         }
5487     }
5488 }
5489
5490 void wxGrid::ProcessCornerLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
5491 {
5492     if ( event.LeftDown() )
5493     {
5494         // indicate corner label by having both row and
5495         // col args == -1
5496         //
5497         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, -1, -1, event ) )
5498         {
5499             SelectAll();
5500         }
5501     }
5502     else if ( event.LeftDClick() )
5503     {
5504         SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, -1, -1, event );
5505     }
5506     else if ( event.RightDown() )
5507     {
5508         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, -1, -1, event ) )
5509         {
5510             // no default action at the moment
5511         }
5512     }
5513     else if ( event.RightDClick() )
5514     {
5515         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, -1, -1, event ) )
5516         {
5517             // no default action at the moment
5518         }
5519     }
5520 }
5521
5522 void wxGrid::ChangeCursorMode(CursorMode mode,
5523                               wxWindow *win,
5524                               bool captureMouse)
5525 {
5526 #ifdef __WXDEBUG__
5527     static const wxChar *cursorModes[] =
5528     {
5529         _T("SELECT_CELL"),
5530         _T("RESIZE_ROW"),
5531         _T("RESIZE_COL"),
5532         _T("SELECT_ROW"),
5533         _T("SELECT_COL")
5534     };
5535
5536     wxLogTrace(_T("grid"),
5537                _T("wxGrid cursor mode (mouse capture for %s): %s -> %s"),
5538                win == m_colLabelWin ? _T("colLabelWin")
5539                                     : win ? _T("rowLabelWin")
5540                                           : _T("gridWin"),
5541                cursorModes[m_cursorMode], cursorModes[mode]);
5542 #endif
5543
5544     if ( mode == m_cursorMode &&
5545          win == m_winCapture &&
5546          captureMouse == (m_winCapture != NULL))
5547         return;
5548
5549     if ( !win )
5550     {
5551         // by default use the grid itself
5552         win = m_gridWin;
5553     }
5554
5555     if ( m_winCapture )
5556     {
5557         if (m_winCapture->HasCapture())
5558             m_winCapture->ReleaseMouse();
5559         m_winCapture = (wxWindow *)NULL;
5560     }
5561
5562     m_cursorMode = mode;
5563
5564     switch ( m_cursorMode )
5565     {
5566         case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW:
5567             win->SetCursor( m_rowResizeCursor );
5568             break;
5569
5570         case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL:
5571             win->SetCursor( m_colResizeCursor );
5572             break;
5573
5574         default:
5575             win->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR );
5576             break;
5577     }
5578
5579     // we need to capture mouse when resizing
5580     bool resize = m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW ||
5581                   m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL;
5582
5583     if ( captureMouse && resize )
5584     {
5585         win->CaptureMouse();
5586         m_winCapture = win;
5587     }
5588 }
5589
5590 void wxGrid::ProcessGridCellMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
5591 {
5592     int x, y;
5593     wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() );
5594     CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y );
5595
5596     wxGridCellCoords coords;
5597     XYToCell( x, y, coords );
5598
5599     int cell_rows, cell_cols;
5600     bool isFirstDrag = !m_isDragging;
5601     GetCellSize( coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol(), &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
5602     if ((cell_rows < 0) || (cell_cols < 0))
5603     {
5604         coords.SetRow(coords.GetRow() + cell_rows);
5605         coords.SetCol(coords.GetCol() + cell_cols);
5606     }
5607
5608     if ( event.Dragging() )
5609     {
5610         //wxLogDebug("pos(%d, %d) coords(%d, %d)", pos.x, pos.y, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol());
5611
5612         // Don't start doing anything until the mouse has been dragged at
5613         // least 3 pixels in any direction...
5614         if (! m_isDragging)
5615         {
5616             if (m_startDragPos == wxDefaultPosition)
5617             {
5618                 m_startDragPos = pos;
5619                 return;
5620             }
5621             if (abs(m_startDragPos.x - pos.x) < 4 && abs(m_startDragPos.y - pos.y) < 4)
5622                 return;
5623         }
5624
5625         m_isDragging = true;
5626         if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5627         {
5628             // Hide the edit control, so it
5629             // won't interfere with drag-shrinking.
5630             if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
5631             {
5632                 HideCellEditControl();
5633                 SaveEditControlValue();
5634             }
5635
5636             // Have we captured the mouse yet?
5637             if (! m_winCapture)
5638             {
5639                 m_winCapture = m_gridWin;
5640                 m_winCapture->CaptureMouse();
5641             }
5642
5643             if ( coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
5644             {
5645                 if ( event.CmdDown() )
5646                 {
5647                     if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords)
5648                         m_selectingKeyboard = coords;
5649                     HighlightBlock( m_selectingKeyboard, coords );
5650                 }
5651                 else if ( CanDragCell() )
5652                 {
5653                     if ( isFirstDrag )
5654                     {
5655                         if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords)
5656                             m_selectingKeyboard = coords;
5657
5658                         SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_BEGIN_DRAG,
5659                                    coords.GetRow(),
5660                                    coords.GetCol(),
5661                                    event );
5662                     }
5663                 }
5664                 else
5665                 {
5666                     if ( !IsSelection() )
5667                     {
5668                         HighlightBlock( coords, coords );
5669                     }
5670                     else
5671                     {
5672                         HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, coords );
5673                     }
5674                 }
5675
5676                 if (! IsVisible(coords))
5677                 {
5678                     MakeCellVisible(coords);
5679                     // TODO: need to introduce a delay or something here.  The
5680                     // scrolling is way to fast, at least on MSW - also on GTK.
5681                 }
5682             }
5683         }
5684         else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW )
5685         {
5686             int cw, ch, left, dummy;
5687             m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5688             CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy );
5689
5690             wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
5691             PrepareDC( dc );
5692             y = wxMax( y, GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol) +
5693                           GetRowMinimalHeight(m_dragRowOrCol) );
5694             dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
5695             if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
5696             {
5697                 dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left+cw, m_dragLastPos );
5698             }
5699             dc.DrawLine( left, y, left+cw, y );
5700             m_dragLastPos = y;
5701         }
5702         else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL )
5703         {
5704             int cw, ch, dummy, top;
5705             m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5706             CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top );
5707
5708             wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
5709             PrepareDC( dc );
5710             x = wxMax( x, GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol) +
5711                           GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol) );
5712             dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
5713             if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
5714             {
5715                 dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top + ch );
5716             }
5717             dc.DrawLine( x, top, x, top + ch );
5718             m_dragLastPos = x;
5719         }
5720
5721         return;
5722     }
5723
5724     m_isDragging = false;
5725     m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition;
5726
5727     // VZ: if we do this, the mode is reset to WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL
5728     //     immediately after it becomes WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW/COL under
5729     //     wxGTK
5730 #if 0
5731     if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() )
5732     {
5733         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
5734         m_gridWin->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR );
5735     }
5736     else
5737 #endif // 0
5738
5739     // ------------ Left button pressed
5740     //
5741     if ( event.LeftDown() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
5742     {
5743         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK,
5744                        coords.GetRow(),
5745                        coords.GetCol(),
5746                        event ) )
5747         {
5748             if ( !event.CmdDown() )
5749                 ClearSelection();
5750             if ( event.ShiftDown() )
5751             {
5752                 if ( m_selection )
5753                 {
5754                     m_selection->SelectBlock( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
5755                                               m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(),
5756                                               coords.GetRow(),
5757                                               coords.GetCol(),
5758                                               event.ControlDown(),
5759                                               event.ShiftDown(),
5760                                               event.AltDown(),
5761                                               event.MetaDown() );
5762                 }
5763             }
5764             else if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0 &&
5765                       YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 )
5766             {
5767                 DisableCellEditControl();
5768                 MakeCellVisible( coords );
5769
5770                 if ( event.CmdDown() )
5771                 {
5772                     if ( m_selection )
5773                     {
5774                         m_selection->ToggleCellSelection( coords.GetRow(),
5775                                                           coords.GetCol(),
5776                                                           event.ControlDown(),
5777                                                           event.ShiftDown(),
5778                                                           event.AltDown(),
5779                                                           event.MetaDown() );
5780                     }
5781                     m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
5782                     m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
5783                     m_selectingKeyboard = coords;
5784                 }
5785                 else
5786                 {
5787                     m_waitForSlowClick = m_currentCellCoords == coords && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords;
5788                     SetCurrentCell( coords );
5789                     if ( m_selection )
5790                     {
5791                         if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() !=
5792                                 wxGrid::wxGridSelectCells )
5793                         {
5794                             HighlightBlock( coords, coords );
5795                         }
5796                     }
5797                 }
5798             }
5799         }
5800     }
5801
5802     // ------------ Left double click
5803     //
5804     else if ( event.LeftDClick() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
5805     {
5806         DisableCellEditControl();
5807
5808         if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0 && YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 )
5809         {
5810             if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK,
5811                              coords.GetRow(),
5812                              coords.GetCol(),
5813                              event ) )
5814             {
5815                 // we want double click to select a cell and start editing
5816                 // (i.e. to behave in same way as sequence of two slow clicks):
5817                 m_waitForSlowClick = true;
5818             }
5819         }
5820     }
5821
5822     // ------------ Left button released
5823     //
5824     else if ( event.LeftUp() )
5825     {
5826         if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5827         {
5828             if (m_winCapture)
5829             {
5830                 if (m_winCapture->HasCapture())
5831                     m_winCapture->ReleaseMouse();
5832                 m_winCapture = NULL;
5833             }
5834
5835             if ( coords == m_currentCellCoords && m_waitForSlowClick && CanEnableCellControl() )
5836             {
5837                 ClearSelection();
5838                 EnableCellEditControl();
5839
5840                 wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(coords);
5841                 wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol());
5842                 editor->StartingClick();
5843                 editor->DecRef();
5844                 attr->DecRef();
5845
5846                 m_waitForSlowClick = false;
5847             }
5848             else if ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
5849                  m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords )
5850             {
5851                 if ( m_selection )
5852                 {
5853                     m_selection->SelectBlock( m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow(),
5854                                               m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol(),
5855                                               m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow(),
5856                                               m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol(),
5857                                               event.ControlDown(),
5858                                               event.ShiftDown(),
5859                                               event.AltDown(),
5860                                               event.MetaDown() );
5861                 }
5862
5863                 m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
5864                 m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
5865
5866                 // Show the edit control, if it has been hidden for
5867                 // drag-shrinking.
5868                 ShowCellEditControl();
5869             }
5870         }
5871         else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW )
5872         {
5873             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
5874             DoEndDragResizeRow();
5875
5876             // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
5877             // default processing in this case
5878             //
5879             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, m_dragRowOrCol, -1, event );
5880         }
5881         else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL )
5882         {
5883             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
5884             DoEndDragResizeCol();
5885
5886             // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
5887             // default processing in this case
5888             //
5889             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol, event );
5890         }
5891
5892         m_dragLastPos = -1;
5893     }
5894
5895     // ------------ Right button down
5896     //
5897     else if ( event.RightDown() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
5898     {
5899         DisableCellEditControl();
5900         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK,
5901                          coords.GetRow(),
5902                          coords.GetCol(),
5903                          event ) )
5904         {
5905             // no default action at the moment
5906         }
5907     }
5908
5909     // ------------ Right double click
5910     //
5911     else if ( event.RightDClick() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
5912     {
5913         DisableCellEditControl();
5914         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK,
5915                          coords.GetRow(),
5916                          coords.GetCol(),
5917                          event ) )
5918         {
5919             // no default action at the moment
5920         }
5921     }
5922
5923     // ------------ Moving and no button action
5924     //
5925     else if ( event.Moving() && !event.IsButton() )
5926     {
5927         if ( coords.GetRow() < 0 || coords.GetCol() < 0 )
5928         {
5929             // out of grid cell area
5930             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
5931             return;
5932         }
5933
5934         int dragRow = YToEdgeOfRow( y );
5935         int dragCol = XToEdgeOfCol( x );
5936
5937         // Dragging on the corner of a cell to resize in both
5938         // directions is not implemented yet...
5939         //
5940         if ( dragRow >= 0 && dragCol >= 0 )
5941         {
5942             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
5943             return;
5944         }
5945
5946         if ( dragRow >= 0 )
5947         {
5948             m_dragRowOrCol = dragRow;
5949
5950             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5951             {
5952                 if ( CanDragRowSize() && CanDragGridSize() )
5953                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW);
5954             }
5955         }
5956         else if ( dragCol >= 0 )
5957         {
5958             m_dragRowOrCol = dragCol;
5959
5960             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5961             {
5962                 if ( CanDragColSize() && CanDragGridSize() )
5963                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL);
5964             }
5965         }
5966         else // Neither on a row or col edge
5967         {
5968             if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5969             {
5970                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
5971             }
5972         }
5973     }
5974 }
5975
5976 void wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeRow()
5977 {
5978     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
5979     {
5980         // erase the last line and resize the row
5981         //
5982         int cw, ch, left, dummy;
5983         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5984         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy );
5985
5986         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
5987         PrepareDC( dc );
5988         dc.SetLogicalFunction( wxINVERT );
5989         dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left + cw, m_dragLastPos );
5990         HideCellEditControl();
5991         SaveEditControlValue();
5992
5993         int rowTop = GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol);
5994         SetRowSize( m_dragRowOrCol,
5995                     wxMax( m_dragLastPos - rowTop, m_minAcceptableRowHeight ) );
5996
5997         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
5998         {
5999             // Only needed to get the correct rect.y:
6000             wxRect rect ( CellToRect( m_dragRowOrCol, 0 ) );
6001             rect.x = 0;
6002             CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
6003             rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth;
6004             rect.height = ch - rect.y;
6005             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
6006             rect.width = cw;
6007
6008             // if there is a multicell block, paint all of it
6009             if (m_table)
6010             {
6011                 int i, cell_rows, cell_cols, subtract_rows = 0;
6012                 int leftCol = XToCol(left);
6013                 int rightCol = internalXToCol(left + cw);
6014                 if (leftCol >= 0)
6015                 {
6016                     for (i=leftCol; i<rightCol; i++)
6017                     {
6018                         GetCellSize(m_dragRowOrCol, i, &cell_rows, &cell_cols);
6019                         if (cell_rows < subtract_rows)
6020                             subtract_rows = cell_rows;
6021                     }
6022                     rect.y = GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol + subtract_rows);
6023                     CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
6024                     rect.height = ch - rect.y;
6025                 }
6026             }
6027             m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
6028         }
6029
6030         ShowCellEditControl();
6031     }
6032 }
6033
6034
6035 void wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeCol()
6036 {
6037     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
6038     {
6039         // erase the last line and resize the col
6040         //
6041         int cw, ch, dummy, top;
6042         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
6043         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top );
6044
6045         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
6046         PrepareDC( dc );
6047         dc.SetLogicalFunction( wxINVERT );
6048         dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top + ch );
6049         HideCellEditControl();
6050         SaveEditControlValue();
6051
6052         int colLeft = GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol);
6053         SetColSize( m_dragRowOrCol,
6054                     wxMax( m_dragLastPos - colLeft,
6055                            GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol) ) );
6056
6057         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
6058         {
6059             // Only needed to get the correct rect.x:
6060             wxRect rect ( CellToRect( 0, m_dragRowOrCol ) );
6061             rect.y = 0;
6062             CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy);
6063             rect.width = cw - rect.x;
6064             rect.height = m_colLabelHeight;
6065             m_colLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
6066             rect.height = ch;
6067
6068             // if there is a multicell block, paint all of it
6069             if (m_table)
6070             {
6071                 int i, cell_rows, cell_cols, subtract_cols = 0;
6072                 int topRow = YToRow(top);
6073                 int bottomRow = internalYToRow(top + cw);
6074                 if (topRow >= 0)
6075                 {
6076                     for (i=topRow; i<bottomRow; i++)
6077                     {
6078                         GetCellSize(i, m_dragRowOrCol, &cell_rows, &cell_cols);
6079                         if (cell_cols < subtract_cols)
6080                             subtract_cols = cell_cols;
6081                     }
6082
6083                     rect.x = GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol + subtract_cols);
6084                     CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy);
6085                     rect.width = cw - rect.x;
6086                 }
6087             }
6088
6089             m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
6090         }
6091
6092         ShowCellEditControl();
6093     }
6094 }
6095
6096 //
6097 // ------ interaction with data model
6098 //
6099 bool wxGrid::ProcessTableMessage( wxGridTableMessage& msg )
6100 {
6101     switch ( msg.GetId() )
6102     {
6103         case wxGRIDTABLE_REQUEST_VIEW_GET_VALUES:
6104             return GetModelValues();
6105
6106         case wxGRIDTABLE_REQUEST_VIEW_SEND_VALUES:
6107             return SetModelValues();
6108
6109         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED:
6110         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED:
6111         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED:
6112         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED:
6113         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED:
6114         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED:
6115             return Redimension( msg );
6116
6117         default:
6118             return false;
6119     }
6120 }
6121
6122 // The behaviour of this function depends on the grid table class
6123 // Clear() function. For the default wxGridStringTable class the
6124 // behavious is to replace all cell contents with wxEmptyString but
6125 // not to change the number of rows or cols.
6126 //
6127 void wxGrid::ClearGrid()
6128 {
6129     if ( m_table )
6130     {
6131         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6132             DisableCellEditControl();
6133
6134         m_table->Clear();
6135         if (!GetBatchCount())
6136             m_gridWin->Refresh();
6137     }
6138 }
6139
6140 bool wxGrid::InsertRows( int pos, int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6141 {
6142     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6143
6144     if ( !m_created )
6145     {
6146         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::InsertRows() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6147         return false;
6148     }
6149
6150     if ( m_table )
6151     {
6152         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6153             DisableCellEditControl();
6154
6155         bool done = m_table->InsertRows( pos, numRows );
6156         return done;
6157
6158         // the table will have sent the results of the insert row
6159         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6160     }
6161
6162     return false;
6163 }
6164
6165 bool wxGrid::AppendRows( int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6166 {
6167     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6168
6169     if ( !m_created )
6170     {
6171         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::AppendRows() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6172         return false;
6173     }
6174
6175     if ( m_table )
6176     {
6177         bool done = m_table && m_table->AppendRows( numRows );
6178         return done;
6179
6180         // the table will have sent the results of the append row
6181         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6182     }
6183
6184     return false;
6185 }
6186
6187 bool wxGrid::DeleteRows( int pos, int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6188 {
6189     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6190
6191     if ( !m_created )
6192     {
6193         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::DeleteRows() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6194         return false;
6195     }
6196
6197     if ( m_table )
6198     {
6199         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6200             DisableCellEditControl();
6201
6202         bool done = m_table->DeleteRows( pos, numRows );
6203         return done;
6204         // the table will have sent the results of the delete row
6205         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6206     }
6207
6208     return false;
6209 }
6210
6211 bool wxGrid::InsertCols( int pos, int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6212 {
6213     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6214
6215     if ( !m_created )
6216     {
6217         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::InsertCols() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6218         return false;
6219     }
6220
6221     if ( m_table )
6222     {
6223         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6224             DisableCellEditControl();
6225
6226         bool done = m_table->InsertCols( pos, numCols );
6227         return done;
6228         // the table will have sent the results of the insert col
6229         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6230     }
6231
6232     return false;
6233 }
6234
6235 bool wxGrid::AppendCols( int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6236 {
6237     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6238
6239     if ( !m_created )
6240     {
6241         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::AppendCols() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6242         return false;
6243     }
6244
6245     if ( m_table )
6246     {
6247         bool done = m_table->AppendCols( numCols );
6248         return done;
6249         // the table will have sent the results of the append col
6250         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6251     }
6252
6253     return false;
6254 }
6255
6256 bool wxGrid::DeleteCols( int pos, int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6257 {
6258     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6259
6260     if ( !m_created )
6261     {
6262         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::DeleteCols() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6263         return false;
6264     }
6265
6266     if ( m_table )
6267     {
6268         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6269             DisableCellEditControl();
6270
6271         bool done = m_table->DeleteCols( pos, numCols );
6272         return done;
6273         // the table will have sent the results of the delete col
6274         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6275     }
6276
6277     return false;
6278 }
6279
6280 //
6281 // ----- event handlers
6282 //
6283
6284 // Generate a grid event based on a mouse event and
6285 // return the result of ProcessEvent()
6286 //
6287 int wxGrid::SendEvent( const wxEventType type,
6288                         int row, int col,
6289                         wxMouseEvent& mouseEv )
6290 {
6291    bool claimed, vetoed;
6292
6293    if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE || type == wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE )
6294    {
6295        int rowOrCol = (row == -1 ? col : row);
6296
6297        wxGridSizeEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
6298                type,
6299                this,
6300                rowOrCol,
6301                mouseEv.GetX() + GetRowLabelSize(),
6302                mouseEv.GetY() + GetColLabelSize(),
6303                mouseEv.ControlDown(),
6304                mouseEv.ShiftDown(),
6305                mouseEv.AltDown(),
6306                mouseEv.MetaDown() );
6307
6308        claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6309        vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6310    }
6311    else if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT )
6312    {
6313        // Right now, it should _never_ end up here!
6314        wxGridRangeSelectEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
6315                type,
6316                this,
6317                m_selectingTopLeft,
6318                m_selectingBottomRight,
6319                true,
6320                mouseEv.ControlDown(),
6321                mouseEv.ShiftDown(),
6322                mouseEv.AltDown(),
6323                mouseEv.MetaDown() );
6324
6325        claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6326        vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6327    }
6328    else
6329    {
6330        wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
6331                type,
6332                this,
6333                row, col,
6334                mouseEv.GetX() + GetRowLabelSize(),
6335                mouseEv.GetY() + GetColLabelSize(),
6336                false,
6337                mouseEv.ControlDown(),
6338                mouseEv.ShiftDown(),
6339                mouseEv.AltDown(),
6340                mouseEv.MetaDown() );
6341        claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6342        vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6343    }
6344
6345    // A Veto'd event may not be `claimed' so test this first
6346    if (vetoed)
6347        return -1;
6348
6349    return claimed ? 1 : 0;
6350 }
6351
6352 // Generate a grid event of specified type and return the result
6353 // of ProcessEvent().
6354 //
6355 int wxGrid::SendEvent( const wxEventType type,
6356                         int row, int col )
6357 {
6358    bool claimed, vetoed;
6359
6360     if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE || type == wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE )
6361     {
6362         int rowOrCol = (row == -1 ? col : row);
6363
6364         wxGridSizeEvent gridEvt( GetId(), type, this, rowOrCol );
6365
6366         claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6367         vetoed  = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6368     }
6369     else
6370     {
6371         wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(), type, this, row, col );
6372
6373         claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6374         vetoed  = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6375      }
6376
6377     // A Veto'd event may not be `claimed' so test this first
6378     if (vetoed)
6379         return -1;
6380
6381     return claimed ? 1 : 0;
6382 }
6383
6384 void wxGrid::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
6385 {
6386     // needed to prevent zillions of paint events on MSW
6387     wxPaintDC dc(this);
6388 }
6389
6390 void wxGrid::Refresh(bool eraseb, const wxRect* rect)
6391 {
6392     // Don't do anything if between Begin/EndBatch...
6393     // EndBatch() will do all this on the last nested one anyway.
6394     if (! GetBatchCount())
6395     {
6396         // Refresh to get correct scrolled position:
6397         wxScrolledWindow::Refresh(eraseb, rect);
6398
6399         if (rect)
6400         {
6401             int rect_x, rect_y, rectWidth, rectHeight;
6402             int width_label, width_cell, height_label, height_cell;
6403             int x, y;
6404
6405             // Copy rectangle can get scroll offsets..
6406             rect_x = rect->GetX();
6407             rect_y = rect->GetY();
6408             rectWidth = rect->GetWidth();
6409             rectHeight = rect->GetHeight();
6410
6411             width_label = m_rowLabelWidth - rect_x;
6412             if (width_label > rectWidth)
6413                 width_label = rectWidth;
6414
6415             height_label = m_colLabelHeight - rect_y;
6416             if (height_label > rectHeight)
6417                 height_label = rectHeight;
6418
6419             if (rect_x > m_rowLabelWidth)
6420             {
6421                 x = rect_x - m_rowLabelWidth;
6422                 width_cell = rectWidth;
6423             }
6424             else
6425             {
6426                 x = 0;
6427                 width_cell = rectWidth - (m_rowLabelWidth - rect_x);
6428             }
6429
6430             if (rect_y > m_colLabelHeight)
6431             {
6432                 y = rect_y - m_colLabelHeight;
6433                 height_cell = rectHeight;
6434             }
6435             else
6436             {
6437                 y = 0;
6438                 height_cell = rectHeight - (m_colLabelHeight - rect_y);
6439             }
6440
6441             // Paint corner label part intersecting rect.
6442             if ( width_label > 0 && height_label > 0 )
6443             {
6444                 wxRect anotherrect(rect_x, rect_y, width_label, height_label);
6445                 m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
6446             }
6447
6448             // Paint col labels part intersecting rect.
6449             if ( width_cell > 0 && height_label > 0 )
6450             {
6451                 wxRect anotherrect(x, rect_y, width_cell, height_label);
6452                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
6453             }
6454
6455             // Paint row labels part intersecting rect.
6456             if ( width_label > 0 && height_cell > 0 )
6457             {
6458                 wxRect anotherrect(rect_x, y, width_label, height_cell);
6459                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
6460             }
6461
6462             // Paint cell area part intersecting rect.
6463             if ( width_cell > 0 && height_cell > 0 )
6464             {
6465                 wxRect anotherrect(x, y, width_cell, height_cell);
6466                 m_gridWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
6467             }
6468         }
6469         else
6470         {
6471             m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
6472             m_colLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
6473             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
6474             m_gridWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
6475         }
6476     }
6477 }
6478
6479 void wxGrid::OnSize( wxSizeEvent& event )
6480 {
6481     // position the child windows
6482     CalcWindowSizes();
6483
6484     // don't call CalcDimensions() from here, the base class handles the size
6485     // changes itself
6486     event.Skip();
6487 }
6488
6489 void wxGrid::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
6490 {
6491     if ( m_inOnKeyDown )
6492     {
6493         // shouldn't be here - we are going round in circles...
6494         //
6495         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("wxGrid::OnKeyDown called while already active") );
6496     }
6497
6498     m_inOnKeyDown = true;
6499
6500     // propagate the event up and see if it gets processed
6501     wxWindow *parent = GetParent();
6502     wxKeyEvent keyEvt( event );
6503     keyEvt.SetEventObject( parent );
6504
6505     if ( !parent->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( keyEvt ) )
6506     {
6507         // try local handlers
6508         switch ( event.GetKeyCode() )
6509         {
6510             case WXK_UP:
6511                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6512                     MoveCursorUpBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
6513                 else
6514                     MoveCursorUp( event.ShiftDown() );
6515                 break;
6516
6517             case WXK_DOWN:
6518                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6519                     MoveCursorDownBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
6520                 else
6521                     MoveCursorDown( event.ShiftDown() );
6522                 break;
6523
6524             case WXK_LEFT:
6525                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6526                     MoveCursorLeftBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
6527                 else
6528                     MoveCursorLeft( event.ShiftDown() );
6529                 break;
6530
6531             case WXK_RIGHT:
6532                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6533                     MoveCursorRightBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
6534                 else
6535                     MoveCursorRight( event.ShiftDown() );
6536                 break;
6537
6538             case WXK_RETURN:
6539             case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER:
6540                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6541                 {
6542                     event.Skip();  // to let the edit control have the return
6543                 }
6544                 else
6545                 {
6546                     if ( GetGridCursorRow() < GetNumberRows()-1 )
6547                     {
6548                         MoveCursorDown( event.ShiftDown() );
6549                     }
6550                     else
6551                     {
6552                         // at the bottom of a column
6553                         DisableCellEditControl();
6554                     }
6555                 }
6556                 break;
6557
6558             case WXK_ESCAPE:
6559                 ClearSelection();
6560                 break;
6561
6562             case WXK_TAB:
6563                 if (event.ShiftDown())
6564                 {
6565                     if ( GetGridCursorCol() > 0 )
6566                     {
6567                         MoveCursorLeft( false );
6568                     }
6569                     else
6570                     {
6571                         // at left of grid
6572                         DisableCellEditControl();
6573                     }
6574                 }
6575                 else
6576                 {
6577                     if ( GetGridCursorCol() < GetNumberCols() - 1 )
6578                     {
6579                         MoveCursorRight( false );
6580                     }
6581                     else
6582                     {
6583                         // at right of grid
6584                         DisableCellEditControl();
6585                     }
6586                 }
6587                 break;
6588
6589             case WXK_HOME:
6590                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6591                 {
6592                     MakeCellVisible( 0, 0 );
6593                     SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
6594                 }
6595                 else
6596                 {
6597                     event.Skip();
6598                 }
6599                 break;
6600
6601             case WXK_END:
6602                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6603                 {
6604                     MakeCellVisible( m_numRows - 1, m_numCols - 1 );
6605                     SetCurrentCell( m_numRows - 1, m_numCols - 1 );
6606                 }
6607                 else
6608                 {
6609                     event.Skip();
6610                 }
6611                 break;
6612
6613             case WXK_PAGEUP:
6614                 MovePageUp();
6615                 break;
6616
6617             case WXK_PAGEDOWN:
6618                 MovePageDown();
6619                 break;
6620
6621             case WXK_SPACE:
6622                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6623                 {
6624                     if ( m_selection )
6625                     {
6626                         m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(
6627                             m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
6628                             m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(),
6629                             event.ControlDown(),
6630                             event.ShiftDown(),
6631                             event.AltDown(),
6632                             event.MetaDown() );
6633                     }
6634                     break;
6635                 }
6636
6637                 if ( !IsEditable() )
6638                     MoveCursorRight( false );
6639                 else
6640                     event.Skip();
6641                 break;
6642
6643             default:
6644                 event.Skip();
6645                 break;
6646         }
6647     }
6648
6649     m_inOnKeyDown = false;
6650 }
6651
6652 void wxGrid::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
6653 {
6654     // try local handlers
6655     //
6656     if ( event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_SHIFT )
6657     {
6658         if ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
6659              m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords )
6660         {
6661             if ( m_selection )
6662             {
6663                 m_selection->SelectBlock(
6664                     m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow(),
6665                     m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol(),
6666                     m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow(),
6667                     m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol(),
6668                     event.ControlDown(),
6669                     true,
6670                     event.AltDown(),
6671                     event.MetaDown() );
6672             }
6673         }
6674
6675         m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
6676         m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
6677         m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridNoCellCoords;
6678     }
6679 }
6680
6681 void wxGrid::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event )
6682 {
6683     // is it possible to edit the current cell at all?
6684     if ( !IsCellEditControlEnabled() && CanEnableCellControl() )
6685     {
6686         // yes, now check whether the cells editor accepts the key
6687         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
6688         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
6689         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
6690         wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
6691
6692         // <F2> is special and will always start editing, for
6693         // other keys - ask the editor itself
6694         if ( (event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_F2 && !event.HasModifiers())
6695              || editor->IsAcceptedKey(event) )
6696         {
6697             // ensure cell is visble
6698             MakeCellVisible(row, col);
6699             EnableCellEditControl();
6700
6701             // a problem can arise if the cell is not completely
6702             // visible (even after calling MakeCellVisible the
6703             // control is not created and calling StartingKey will
6704             // crash the app
6705             if ( event.GetKeyCode() != WXK_F2 && editor->IsCreated() && m_cellEditCtrlEnabled )
6706                 editor->StartingKey(event);
6707         }
6708         else
6709         {
6710             event.Skip();
6711         }
6712
6713         editor->DecRef();
6714         attr->DecRef();
6715     }
6716     else
6717     {
6718         event.Skip();
6719     }
6720 }
6721
6722 void wxGrid::OnEraseBackground(wxEraseEvent&)
6723 {
6724 }
6725
6726 void wxGrid::SetCurrentCell( const wxGridCellCoords& coords )
6727 {
6728     if ( SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol() ) )
6729     {
6730         // the event has been intercepted - do nothing
6731         return;
6732     }
6733
6734     wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
6735     PrepareDC( dc );
6736
6737     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
6738     {
6739         DisableCellEditControl();
6740
6741         if ( IsVisible( m_currentCellCoords, false ) )
6742         {
6743             wxRect r;
6744             r = BlockToDeviceRect( m_currentCellCoords, m_currentCellCoords );
6745             if ( !m_gridLinesEnabled )
6746             {
6747                 r.x--;
6748                 r.y--;
6749                 r.width++;
6750                 r.height++;
6751             }
6752
6753             wxGridCellCoordsArray cells = CalcCellsExposed( r );
6754
6755             // Otherwise refresh redraws the highlight!
6756             m_currentCellCoords = coords;
6757
6758             DrawGridCellArea( dc, cells );
6759             DrawAllGridLines( dc, r );
6760         }
6761     }
6762
6763     m_currentCellCoords = coords;
6764
6765     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr( coords );
6766     DrawCellHighlight( dc, attr );
6767     attr->DecRef();
6768 }
6769
6770 void wxGrid::HighlightBlock( int topRow, int leftCol, int bottomRow, int rightCol )
6771 {
6772     int temp;
6773     wxGridCellCoords updateTopLeft, updateBottomRight;
6774
6775     if ( m_selection )
6776     {
6777         if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectRows )
6778         {
6779             leftCol = 0;
6780             rightCol = GetNumberCols() - 1;
6781         }
6782         else if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectColumns )
6783         {
6784             topRow = 0;
6785             bottomRow = GetNumberRows() - 1;
6786         }
6787     }
6788
6789     if ( topRow > bottomRow )
6790     {
6791         temp = topRow;
6792         topRow = bottomRow;
6793         bottomRow = temp;
6794     }
6795
6796     if ( leftCol > rightCol )
6797     {
6798         temp = leftCol;
6799         leftCol = rightCol;
6800         rightCol = temp;
6801     }
6802
6803     updateTopLeft = wxGridCellCoords( topRow, leftCol );
6804     updateBottomRight = wxGridCellCoords( bottomRow, rightCol );
6805
6806     // First the case that we selected a completely new area
6807     if ( m_selectingTopLeft == wxGridNoCellCoords ||
6808          m_selectingBottomRight == wxGridNoCellCoords )
6809     {
6810         wxRect rect;
6811         rect = BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords ( topRow, leftCol ),
6812                                   wxGridCellCoords ( bottomRow, rightCol ) );
6813         m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
6814     }
6815
6816     // Now handle changing an existing selection area.
6817     else if ( m_selectingTopLeft != updateTopLeft ||
6818               m_selectingBottomRight != updateBottomRight )
6819     {
6820         // Compute two optimal update rectangles:
6821         // Either one rectangle is a real subset of the
6822         // other, or they are (almost) disjoint!
6823         wxRect  rect[4];
6824         bool    need_refresh[4];
6825         need_refresh[0] =
6826         need_refresh[1] =
6827         need_refresh[2] =
6828         need_refresh[3] = false;
6829         int     i;
6830
6831         // Store intermediate values
6832         wxCoord oldLeft = m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol();
6833         wxCoord oldTop = m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow();
6834         wxCoord oldRight = m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol();
6835         wxCoord oldBottom = m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow();
6836
6837         // Determine the outer/inner coordinates.
6838         if (oldLeft > leftCol)
6839         {
6840             temp = oldLeft;
6841             oldLeft = leftCol;
6842             leftCol = temp;
6843         }
6844         if (oldTop > topRow )
6845         {
6846             temp = oldTop;
6847             oldTop = topRow;
6848             topRow = temp;
6849         }
6850         if (oldRight < rightCol )
6851         {
6852             temp = oldRight;
6853             oldRight = rightCol;
6854             rightCol = temp;
6855         }
6856         if (oldBottom < bottomRow)
6857         {
6858             temp = oldBottom;
6859             oldBottom = bottomRow;
6860             bottomRow = temp;
6861         }
6862
6863         // Now, either the stuff marked old is the outer
6864         // rectangle or we don't have a situation where one
6865         // is contained in the other.
6866
6867         if ( oldLeft < leftCol )
6868         {
6869             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
6870             // area to the left of the old or new selection.
6871             need_refresh[0] = true;
6872             rect[0] = BlockToDeviceRect(
6873                 wxGridCellCoords( oldTop,  oldLeft ),
6874                 wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, leftCol - 1 ) );
6875         }
6876
6877         if ( oldTop < topRow )
6878         {
6879             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
6880             // area above the old or new selection.
6881             need_refresh[1] = true;
6882             rect[1] = BlockToDeviceRect(
6883                 wxGridCellCoords( oldTop, leftCol ),
6884                 wxGridCellCoords( topRow - 1, rightCol ) );
6885         }
6886
6887         if ( oldRight > rightCol )
6888         {
6889             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
6890             // area to the right of the old or new selection.
6891             need_refresh[2] = true;
6892             rect[2] = BlockToDeviceRect(
6893                 wxGridCellCoords( oldTop, rightCol + 1 ),
6894                 wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, oldRight ) );
6895         }
6896
6897         if ( oldBottom > bottomRow )
6898         {
6899             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
6900             // area below the old or new selection.
6901             need_refresh[3] = true;
6902             rect[3] = BlockToDeviceRect(
6903                 wxGridCellCoords( bottomRow + 1, leftCol ),
6904                 wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, rightCol ) );
6905         }
6906
6907         // various Refresh() calls
6908         for (i = 0; i < 4; i++ )
6909             if ( need_refresh[i] && rect[i] != wxGridNoCellRect )
6910                 m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &(rect[i]) );
6911     }
6912
6913     // change selection
6914     m_selectingTopLeft = updateTopLeft;
6915     m_selectingBottomRight = updateBottomRight;
6916 }
6917
6918 //
6919 // ------ functions to get/send data (see also public functions)
6920 //
6921
6922 bool wxGrid::GetModelValues()
6923 {
6924     // Hide the editor, so it won't hide a changed value.
6925     HideCellEditControl();
6926
6927     if ( m_table )
6928     {
6929         // all we need to do is repaint the grid
6930         //
6931         m_gridWin->Refresh();
6932         return true;
6933     }
6934
6935     return false;
6936 }
6937
6938 bool wxGrid::SetModelValues()
6939 {
6940     int row, col;
6941
6942     // Disable the editor, so it won't hide a changed value.
6943     // Do we also want to save the current value of the editor first?
6944     // I think so ...
6945     DisableCellEditControl();
6946
6947     if ( m_table )
6948     {
6949         for ( row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ )
6950         {
6951             for ( col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ )
6952             {
6953                 m_table->SetValue( row, col, GetCellValue(row, col) );
6954             }
6955         }
6956
6957         return true;
6958     }
6959
6960     return false;
6961 }
6962
6963 // Note - this function only draws cells that are in the list of
6964 // exposed cells (usually set from the update region by
6965 // CalcExposedCells)
6966 //
6967 void wxGrid::DrawGridCellArea( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoordsArray& cells )
6968 {
6969     if ( !m_numRows || !m_numCols )
6970         return;
6971
6972     int i, numCells = cells.GetCount();
6973     int row, col, cell_rows, cell_cols;
6974     wxGridCellCoordsArray redrawCells;
6975
6976     for ( i = numCells - 1; i >= 0; i-- )
6977     {
6978         row = cells[i].GetRow();
6979         col = cells[i].GetCol();
6980         GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
6981
6982         // If this cell is part of a multicell block, find owner for repaint
6983         if ( cell_rows <= 0 || cell_cols <= 0 )
6984         {
6985             wxGridCellCoords cell( row + cell_rows, col + cell_cols );
6986             bool marked = false;
6987             for ( int j = 0; j < numCells; j++ )
6988             {
6989                 if ( cell == cells[j] )
6990                 {
6991                     marked = true;
6992                     break;
6993                 }
6994             }
6995
6996             if (!marked)
6997             {
6998                 int count = redrawCells.GetCount();
6999                 for (int j = 0; j < count; j++)
7000                 {
7001                     if ( cell == redrawCells[j] )
7002                     {
7003                         marked = true;
7004                         break;
7005                     }
7006                 }
7007
7008                 if (!marked)
7009                     redrawCells.Add( cell );
7010             }
7011
7012             // don't bother drawing this cell
7013             continue;
7014         }
7015
7016         // If this cell is empty, find cell to left that might want to overflow
7017         if (m_table && m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col))
7018         {
7019             for ( int l = 0; l < cell_rows; l++ )
7020             {
7021                 // find a cell in this row to leave already marked for repaint
7022                 int left = col;
7023                 for (int k = 0; k < int(redrawCells.GetCount()); k++)
7024                     if ((redrawCells[k].GetCol() < left) &&
7025                         (redrawCells[k].GetRow() == row))
7026                     {
7027                         left = redrawCells[k].GetCol();
7028                     }
7029
7030                 if (left == col)
7031                     left = 0; // oh well
7032
7033                 for (int j = col - 1; j >= left; j--)
7034                 {
7035                     if (!m_table->IsEmptyCell(row + l, j))
7036                     {
7037                         if (GetCellOverflow(row + l, j))
7038                         {
7039                             wxGridCellCoords cell(row + l, j);
7040                             bool marked = false;
7041
7042                             for (int k = 0; k < numCells; k++)
7043                             {
7044                                 if ( cell == cells[k] )
7045                                 {
7046                                     marked = true;
7047                                     break;
7048                                 }
7049                             }
7050
7051                             if (!marked)
7052                             {
7053                                 int count = redrawCells.GetCount();
7054                                 for (int k = 0; k < count; k++)
7055                                 {
7056                                     if ( cell == redrawCells[k] )
7057                                     {
7058                                         marked = true;
7059                                         break;
7060                                     }
7061                                 }
7062                                 if (!marked)
7063                                     redrawCells.Add( cell );
7064                             }
7065                         }
7066                         break;
7067                     }
7068                 }
7069             }
7070         }
7071
7072         DrawCell( dc, cells[i] );
7073     }
7074
7075     numCells = redrawCells.GetCount();
7076
7077     for ( i = numCells - 1; i >= 0; i-- )
7078     {
7079         DrawCell( dc, redrawCells[i] );
7080     }
7081 }
7082
7083 void wxGrid::DrawGridSpace( wxDC& dc )
7084 {
7085   int cw, ch;
7086   m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
7087
7088   int right, bottom;
7089   CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom );
7090
7091   int rightCol = m_numCols > 0 ? GetColRight(m_numCols - 1) : 0;
7092   int bottomRow = m_numRows > 0 ? GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) : 0;
7093
7094   if ( right > rightCol || bottom > bottomRow )
7095   {
7096       int left, top;
7097       CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top );
7098
7099       dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(GetDefaultCellBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID) );
7100       dc.SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN );
7101
7102       if ( right > rightCol )
7103       {
7104           dc.DrawRectangle( rightCol, top, right - rightCol, ch );
7105       }
7106
7107       if ( bottom > bottomRow )
7108       {
7109           dc.DrawRectangle( left, bottomRow, cw, bottom - bottomRow );
7110       }
7111   }
7112 }
7113
7114 void wxGrid::DrawCell( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoords& coords )
7115 {
7116     int row = coords.GetRow();
7117     int col = coords.GetCol();
7118
7119     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
7120         return;
7121
7122     // we draw the cell border ourselves
7123 #if !WXGRID_DRAW_LINES
7124     if ( m_gridLinesEnabled )
7125         DrawCellBorder( dc, coords );
7126 #endif
7127
7128     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7129
7130     bool isCurrent = coords == m_currentCellCoords;
7131
7132     wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, col );
7133
7134     // if the editor is shown, we should use it and not the renderer
7135     // Note: However, only if it is really _shown_, i.e. not hidden!
7136     if ( isCurrent && IsCellEditControlShown() )
7137     {
7138         // NB: this "#if..." is temporary and fixes a problem where the
7139         // edit control is erased by this code after being rendered.
7140         // On wxMac (QD build only), the cell editor is a wxTextCntl and is rendered
7141         // implicitly, causing this out-of order render.
7142 #if !defined(__WXMAC__) || wxMAC_USE_CORE_GRAPHICS
7143         wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
7144         editor->PaintBackground(rect, attr);
7145         editor->DecRef();
7146 #endif
7147     }
7148     else
7149     {
7150         // but all the rest is drawn by the cell renderer and hence may be customized
7151         wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col);
7152         renderer->Draw(*this, *attr, dc, rect, row, col, IsInSelection(coords));
7153         renderer->DecRef();
7154     }
7155
7156     attr->DecRef();
7157 }
7158
7159 void wxGrid::DrawCellHighlight( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellAttr *attr )
7160 {
7161     int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
7162     int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
7163
7164     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
7165         return;
7166
7167     wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col);
7168
7169     // hmmm... what could we do here to show that the cell is disabled?
7170     // for now, I just draw a thinner border than for the other ones, but
7171     // it doesn't look really good
7172
7173     int penWidth = attr->IsReadOnly() ? m_cellHighlightROPenWidth : m_cellHighlightPenWidth;
7174
7175     if (penWidth > 0)
7176     {
7177         // The center of the drawn line is where the position/width/height of
7178         // the rectangle is actually at (on wxMSW at least), so the
7179         // size of the rectangle is reduced to compensate for the thickness of
7180         // the line. If this is too strange on non-wxMSW platforms then
7181         // please #ifdef this appropriately.
7182         rect.x += penWidth / 2;
7183         rect.y += penWidth / 2;
7184         rect.width -= penWidth - 1;
7185         rect.height -= penWidth - 1;
7186
7187         // Now draw the rectangle
7188         // use the cellHighlightColour if the cell is inside a selection, this
7189         // will ensure the cell is always visible.
7190         dc.SetPen(wxPen(IsInSelection(row,col) ? m_selectionForeground : m_cellHighlightColour, penWidth, wxSOLID));
7191         dc.SetBrush(*wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH);
7192         dc.DrawRectangle(rect);
7193     }
7194
7195 #if 0
7196         // VZ: my experiments with 3D borders...
7197
7198         // how to properly set colours for arbitrary bg?
7199         wxCoord x1 = rect.x,
7200                 y1 = rect.y,
7201                 x2 = rect.x + rect.width - 1,
7202                 y2 = rect.y + rect.height - 1;
7203
7204         dc.SetPen(*wxWHITE_PEN);
7205         dc.DrawLine(x1, y1, x2, y1);
7206         dc.DrawLine(x1, y1, x1, y2);
7207
7208         dc.DrawLine(x1 + 1, y2 - 1, x2 - 1, y2 - 1);
7209         dc.DrawLine(x2 - 1, y1 + 1, x2 - 1, y2);
7210
7211         dc.SetPen(*wxBLACK_PEN);
7212         dc.DrawLine(x1, y2, x2, y2);
7213         dc.DrawLine(x2, y1, x2, y2 + 1);
7214 #endif
7215 }
7216
7217 void wxGrid::DrawCellBorder( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoords& coords )
7218 {
7219     int row = coords.GetRow();
7220     int col = coords.GetCol();
7221     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
7222         return;
7223
7224     dc.SetPen( wxPen(GetGridLineColour(), 1, wxSOLID) );
7225
7226     wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, col );
7227
7228     // right hand border
7229     dc.DrawLine( rect.x + rect.width, rect.y,
7230                  rect.x + rect.width, rect.y + rect.height + 1 );
7231
7232     // bottom border
7233     dc.DrawLine( rect.x, rect.y + rect.height,
7234                  rect.x + rect.width, rect.y + rect.height);
7235 }
7236
7237 void wxGrid::DrawHighlight(wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoordsArray& cells)
7238 {
7239     // This if block was previously in wxGrid::OnPaint but that doesn't
7240     // seem to get called under wxGTK - MB
7241     //
7242     if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords &&
7243          m_numRows && m_numCols )
7244     {
7245         m_currentCellCoords.Set(0, 0);
7246     }
7247
7248     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
7249     {
7250         // don't show highlight when the edit control is shown
7251         return;
7252     }
7253
7254     // if the active cell was repainted, repaint its highlight too because it
7255     // might have been damaged by the grid lines
7256     size_t count = cells.GetCount();
7257     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
7258     {
7259         if ( cells[n] == m_currentCellCoords )
7260         {
7261             wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords);
7262             DrawCellHighlight(dc, attr);
7263             attr->DecRef();
7264
7265             break;
7266         }
7267     }
7268 }
7269
7270 // TODO: remove this ???
7271 // This is used to redraw all grid lines e.g. when the grid line colour
7272 // has been changed
7273 //
7274 void wxGrid::DrawAllGridLines( wxDC& dc, const wxRegion & WXUNUSED(reg) )
7275 {
7276 #if !WXGRID_DRAW_LINES
7277     return;
7278 #endif
7279
7280     if ( !m_gridLinesEnabled || !m_numRows || !m_numCols )
7281          return;
7282
7283     int top, bottom, left, right;
7284
7285 #if 0  //#ifndef __WXGTK__
7286     if (reg.IsEmpty())
7287     {
7288       int cw, ch;
7289       m_gridWin->GetClientSize(&cw, &ch);
7290
7291       // virtual coords of visible area
7292       //
7293       CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top );
7294       CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom );
7295     }
7296     else
7297     {
7298       wxCoord x, y, w, h;
7299       reg.GetBox(x, y, w, h);
7300       CalcUnscrolledPosition( x, y, &left, &top );
7301       CalcUnscrolledPosition( x + w, y + h, &right, &bottom );
7302     }
7303 #else
7304       int cw, ch;
7305       m_gridWin->GetClientSize(&cw, &ch);
7306       CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top );
7307       CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom );
7308 #endif
7309
7310     // avoid drawing grid lines past the last row and col
7311     //
7312     right = wxMin( right, GetColRight(m_numCols - 1) );
7313     bottom = wxMin( bottom, GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) );
7314
7315     // no gridlines inside multicells, clip them out
7316     int leftCol = internalXToCol(left);
7317     int topRow = internalYToRow(top);
7318     int rightCol = internalXToCol(right);
7319     int bottomRow = internalYToRow(bottom);
7320
7321 #ifndef __WXMAC__
7322     // CS: I don't know why suddenly unscrolled coordinates are used for clipping
7323     wxRegion clippedcells(0, 0, cw, ch);
7324
7325     int i, j, cell_rows, cell_cols;
7326     wxRect rect;
7327
7328     for (j=topRow; j<bottomRow; j++)
7329     {
7330         for (i=leftCol; i<rightCol; i++)
7331         {
7332             GetCellSize( j, i, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
7333             if ((cell_rows > 1) || (cell_cols > 1))
7334             {
7335                 rect = CellToRect(j,i);
7336                 CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
7337                 clippedcells.Subtract(rect);
7338             }
7339             else if ((cell_rows < 0) || (cell_cols < 0))
7340             {
7341                 rect = CellToRect(j + cell_rows, i + cell_cols);
7342                 CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
7343                 clippedcells.Subtract(rect);
7344             }
7345         }
7346     }
7347 #else
7348     wxRegion clippedcells( left, top, right - left, bottom - top );
7349
7350     int i, j, cell_rows, cell_cols;
7351     wxRect rect;
7352
7353     for (j=topRow; j<bottomRow; j++)
7354     {
7355         for (i=leftCol; i<rightCol; i++)
7356         {
7357             GetCellSize( j, i, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
7358             if ((cell_rows > 1) || (cell_cols > 1))
7359             {
7360                 rect = CellToRect(j, i);
7361                 clippedcells.Subtract(rect);
7362             }
7363             else if ((cell_rows < 0) || (cell_cols < 0))
7364             {
7365                 rect = CellToRect(j + cell_rows, i + cell_cols);
7366                 clippedcells.Subtract(rect);
7367             }
7368         }
7369     }
7370 #endif
7371
7372     dc.SetClippingRegion( clippedcells );
7373
7374     dc.SetPen( wxPen(GetGridLineColour(), 1, wxSOLID) );
7375
7376     // horizontal grid lines
7377     //
7378     // already declared above - int i;
7379     for ( i = internalYToRow(top); i < m_numRows; i++ )
7380     {
7381         int bot = GetRowBottom(i) - 1;
7382
7383         if ( bot > bottom )
7384         {
7385             break;
7386         }
7387
7388         if ( bot >= top )
7389         {
7390             dc.DrawLine( left, bot, right, bot );
7391         }
7392     }
7393
7394     // vertical grid lines
7395     //
7396     for ( i = internalXToCol(left); i < m_numCols; i++ )
7397     {
7398         int colRight = GetColRight(i) - 1;
7399         if ( colRight > right )
7400         {
7401             break;
7402         }
7403
7404         if ( colRight >= left )
7405         {
7406             dc.DrawLine( colRight, top, colRight, bottom );
7407         }
7408     }
7409
7410     dc.DestroyClippingRegion();
7411 }
7412
7413 void wxGrid::DrawRowLabels( wxDC& dc, const wxArrayInt& rows)
7414 {
7415     if ( !m_numRows )
7416         return;
7417
7418     size_t i;
7419     size_t numLabels = rows.GetCount();
7420
7421     for ( i = 0; i < numLabels; i++ )
7422     {
7423         DrawRowLabel( dc, rows[i] );
7424     }
7425 }
7426
7427 void wxGrid::DrawRowLabel( wxDC& dc, int row )
7428 {
7429     if ( GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 || m_rowLabelWidth <= 0 )
7430         return;
7431
7432     wxRect rect;
7433
7434 #ifdef __WXGTK20__
7435     rect.SetX( 1 );
7436     rect.SetY( GetRowTop(row) + 1 );
7437     rect.SetWidth( m_rowLabelWidth - 2 );
7438     rect.SetHeight( GetRowHeight(row) - 2 );
7439
7440     CalcScrolledPosition( 0, rect.y, NULL, &rect.y );
7441
7442     wxWindowDC *win_dc = (wxWindowDC*) &dc;
7443
7444     wxRendererNative::Get().DrawHeaderButton( win_dc->m_owner, dc, rect, 0 );
7445 #else
7446     int rowTop = GetRowTop(row),
7447         rowBottom = GetRowBottom(row) - 1;
7448
7449     dc.SetPen( wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DDKSHADOW), 1, wxSOLID) );
7450     dc.DrawLine( m_rowLabelWidth - 1, rowTop, m_rowLabelWidth - 1, rowBottom );
7451     dc.DrawLine( 0, rowTop, 0, rowBottom );
7452     dc.DrawLine( 0, rowBottom, m_rowLabelWidth, rowBottom );
7453
7454     dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN );
7455     dc.DrawLine( 1, rowTop, 1, rowBottom );
7456     dc.DrawLine( 1, rowTop, m_rowLabelWidth - 1, rowTop );
7457 #endif
7458
7459     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxTRANSPARENT );
7460     dc.SetTextForeground( GetLabelTextColour() );
7461     dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() );
7462
7463     int hAlign, vAlign;
7464     GetRowLabelAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign );
7465
7466     rect.SetX( 2 );
7467     rect.SetY( GetRowTop(row) + 2 );
7468     rect.SetWidth( m_rowLabelWidth - 4 );
7469     rect.SetHeight( GetRowHeight(row) - 4 );
7470     DrawTextRectangle( dc, GetRowLabelValue( row ), rect, hAlign, vAlign );
7471 }
7472
7473 void wxGrid::DrawColLabels( wxDC& dc,const wxArrayInt& cols )
7474 {
7475     if ( !m_numCols )
7476         return;
7477
7478     size_t i;
7479     size_t numLabels = cols.GetCount();
7480
7481     for ( i = 0; i < numLabels; i++ )
7482     {
7483         DrawColLabel( dc, cols[i] );
7484     }
7485 }
7486
7487 void wxGrid::DrawColLabel( wxDC& dc, int col )
7488 {
7489     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || m_colLabelHeight <= 0 )
7490         return;
7491
7492     int colLeft = GetColLeft(col);
7493
7494     wxRect rect;
7495
7496 #ifdef __WXGTK20__
7497     rect.SetX( colLeft + 1 );
7498     rect.SetY( 1 );
7499     rect.SetWidth( GetColWidth(col) - 2 );
7500     rect.SetHeight( m_colLabelHeight - 2 );
7501
7502     wxWindowDC *win_dc = (wxWindowDC*) &dc;
7503
7504     wxRendererNative::Get().DrawHeaderButton( win_dc->m_owner, dc, rect, 0 );
7505 #else
7506     int colRight = GetColRight(col) - 1;
7507
7508     dc.SetPen( wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DDKSHADOW), 1, wxSOLID) );
7509     dc.DrawLine( colRight, 0, colRight, m_colLabelHeight - 1 );
7510     dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 0, colRight, 0 );
7511     dc.DrawLine( colLeft, m_colLabelHeight - 1,
7512                  colRight + 1, m_colLabelHeight - 1 );
7513
7514     dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN );
7515     dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colLeft, m_colLabelHeight - 1 );
7516     dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colRight, 1 );
7517 #endif
7518
7519     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxTRANSPARENT );
7520     dc.SetTextForeground( GetLabelTextColour() );
7521     dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() );
7522
7523     int hAlign, vAlign, orient;
7524     GetColLabelAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign );
7525     orient = GetColLabelTextOrientation();
7526
7527     rect.SetX( colLeft + 2 );
7528     rect.SetY( 2 );
7529     rect.SetWidth( GetColWidth(col) - 4 );
7530     rect.SetHeight( m_colLabelHeight - 4 );
7531     DrawTextRectangle( dc, GetColLabelValue( col ), rect, hAlign, vAlign, orient );
7532 }
7533
7534 void wxGrid::DrawTextRectangle( wxDC& dc,
7535                                 const wxString& value,
7536                                 const wxRect& rect,
7537                                 int horizAlign,
7538                                 int vertAlign,
7539                                 int textOrientation )
7540 {
7541     wxArrayString lines;
7542
7543     StringToLines( value, lines );
7544
7545     // Forward to new API.
7546     DrawTextRectangle( dc,
7547         lines,
7548         rect,
7549         horizAlign,
7550         vertAlign,
7551         textOrientation );
7552 }
7553
7554 // VZ: this should be replaced with wxDC::DrawLabel() to which we just have to
7555 //     add textOrientation support
7556 void wxGrid::DrawTextRectangle(wxDC& dc,
7557                                const wxArrayString& lines,
7558                                const wxRect& rect,
7559                                int horizAlign,
7560                                int vertAlign,
7561                                int textOrientation)
7562 {
7563     if ( lines.empty() )
7564         return;
7565
7566     wxDCClipper clip(dc, rect);
7567
7568     long textWidth,
7569          textHeight;
7570
7571     if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
7572         GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &textWidth, &textHeight );
7573     else
7574         GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &textHeight, &textWidth );
7575
7576     int x = 0,
7577         y = 0;
7578     switch ( vertAlign )
7579     {
7580         case wxALIGN_BOTTOM:
7581             if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
7582                 y = rect.y + (rect.height - textHeight - 1);
7583             else
7584                 x = rect.x + rect.width - textWidth;
7585             break;
7586
7587         case wxALIGN_CENTRE:
7588             if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
7589                 y = rect.y + ((rect.height - textHeight) / 2);
7590             else
7591                 x = rect.x + ((rect.width - textWidth) / 2);
7592             break;
7593
7594         case wxALIGN_TOP:
7595         default:
7596             if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
7597                 y = rect.y + 1;
7598             else
7599                 x = rect.x + 1;
7600             break;
7601     }
7602
7603     // Align each line of a multi-line label
7604     size_t nLines = lines.GetCount();
7605     for ( size_t l = 0; l < nLines; l++ )
7606     {
7607         const wxString& line = lines[l];
7608
7609         if ( line.empty() )
7610         {
7611             *(textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ? &y : &x) += dc.GetCharHeight();
7612             continue;
7613         }
7614
7615         long lineWidth,
7616              lineHeight;
7617         dc.GetTextExtent(line, &lineWidth, &lineHeight);
7618
7619         switch ( horizAlign )
7620         {
7621             case wxALIGN_RIGHT:
7622                 if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
7623                     x = rect.x + (rect.width - lineWidth - 1);
7624                 else
7625                     y = rect.y + lineWidth + 1;
7626                 break;
7627
7628             case wxALIGN_CENTRE:
7629                 if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
7630                     x = rect.x + ((rect.width - lineWidth) / 2);
7631                 else
7632                     y = rect.y + rect.height - ((rect.height - lineWidth) / 2);
7633                 break;
7634
7635             case wxALIGN_LEFT:
7636             default:
7637                 if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
7638                     x = rect.x + 1;
7639                 else
7640                     y = rect.y + rect.height - 1;
7641                 break;
7642         }
7643
7644         if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
7645         {
7646             dc.DrawText( line, x, y );
7647             y += lineHeight;
7648         }
7649         else
7650         {
7651             dc.DrawRotatedText( line, x, y, 90.0 );
7652             x += lineHeight;
7653         }
7654     }
7655 }
7656
7657 // Split multi-line text up into an array of strings.
7658 // Any existing contents of the string array are preserved.
7659 //
7660 void wxGrid::StringToLines( const wxString& value, wxArrayString& lines )
7661 {
7662     int startPos = 0;
7663     int pos;
7664     wxString eol = wxTextFile::GetEOL( wxTextFileType_Unix );
7665     wxString tVal = wxTextFile::Translate( value, wxTextFileType_Unix );
7666
7667     while ( startPos < (int)tVal.length() )
7668     {
7669         pos = tVal.Mid(startPos).Find( eol );
7670         if ( pos < 0 )
7671         {
7672             break;
7673         }
7674         else if ( pos == 0 )
7675         {
7676             lines.Add( wxEmptyString );
7677         }
7678         else
7679         {
7680             lines.Add( value.Mid(startPos, pos) );
7681         }
7682
7683         startPos += pos + 1;
7684     }
7685
7686     if ( startPos < (int)value.length() )
7687     {
7688         lines.Add( value.Mid( startPos ) );
7689     }
7690 }
7691
7692 void wxGrid::GetTextBoxSize( const wxDC& dc,
7693                              const wxArrayString& lines,
7694                              long *width, long *height )
7695 {
7696     long w = 0;
7697     long h = 0;
7698     long lineW = 0, lineH = 0;
7699
7700     size_t i;
7701     for ( i = 0; i < lines.GetCount(); i++ )
7702     {
7703         dc.GetTextExtent( lines[i], &lineW, &lineH );
7704         w = wxMax( w, lineW );
7705         h += lineH;
7706     }
7707
7708     *width = w;
7709     *height = h;
7710 }
7711
7712 //
7713 // ------ Batch processing.
7714 //
7715 void wxGrid::EndBatch()
7716 {
7717     if ( m_batchCount > 0 )
7718     {
7719         m_batchCount--;
7720         if ( !m_batchCount )
7721         {
7722             CalcDimensions();
7723             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
7724             m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
7725             m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh();
7726             m_gridWin->Refresh();
7727         }
7728     }
7729 }
7730
7731 // Use this, rather than wxWindow::Refresh(), to force an immediate
7732 // repainting of the grid. Has no effect if you are already inside a
7733 // BeginBatch / EndBatch block.
7734 //
7735 void wxGrid::ForceRefresh()
7736 {
7737     BeginBatch();
7738     EndBatch();
7739 }
7740
7741 bool wxGrid::Enable(bool enable)
7742 {
7743     if ( !wxScrolledWindow::Enable(enable) )
7744         return false;
7745
7746     // redraw in the new state
7747     m_gridWin->Refresh();
7748
7749     return true;
7750 }
7751
7752 //
7753 // ------ Edit control functions
7754 //
7755
7756 void wxGrid::EnableEditing( bool edit )
7757 {
7758     // TODO: improve this ?
7759     //
7760     if ( edit != m_editable )
7761     {
7762         if (!edit)
7763             EnableCellEditControl(edit);
7764         m_editable = edit;
7765     }
7766 }
7767
7768 void wxGrid::EnableCellEditControl( bool enable )
7769 {
7770     if (! m_editable)
7771         return;
7772
7773     if ( enable != m_cellEditCtrlEnabled )
7774     {
7775         if ( enable )
7776         {
7777             if (SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN) <0)
7778                 return;
7779
7780             // this should be checked by the caller!
7781             wxASSERT_MSG( CanEnableCellControl(), _T("can't enable editing for this cell!") );
7782
7783             // do it before ShowCellEditControl()
7784             m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = enable;
7785
7786             ShowCellEditControl();
7787         }
7788         else
7789         {
7790             //FIXME:add veto support
7791             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN );
7792
7793             HideCellEditControl();
7794             SaveEditControlValue();
7795
7796             // do it after HideCellEditControl()
7797             m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = enable;
7798         }
7799     }
7800 }
7801
7802 bool wxGrid::IsCurrentCellReadOnly() const
7803 {
7804     // const_cast
7805     wxGridCellAttr* attr = ((wxGrid *)this)->GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords);
7806     bool readonly = attr->IsReadOnly();
7807     attr->DecRef();
7808
7809     return readonly;
7810 }
7811
7812 bool wxGrid::CanEnableCellControl() const
7813 {
7814     return m_editable && (m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords) &&
7815         !IsCurrentCellReadOnly();
7816 }
7817
7818 bool wxGrid::IsCellEditControlEnabled() const
7819 {
7820     // the cell edit control might be disable for all cells or just for the
7821     // current one if it's read only
7822     return m_cellEditCtrlEnabled ? !IsCurrentCellReadOnly() : false;
7823 }
7824
7825 bool wxGrid::IsCellEditControlShown() const
7826 {
7827     bool isShown = false;
7828
7829     if ( m_cellEditCtrlEnabled )
7830     {
7831         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
7832         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
7833         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7834         wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor((wxGrid*) this, row, col);
7835         attr->DecRef();
7836
7837         if ( editor )
7838         {
7839             if ( editor->IsCreated() )
7840             {
7841                 isShown = editor->GetControl()->IsShown();
7842             }
7843
7844             editor->DecRef();
7845         }
7846     }
7847
7848     return isShown;
7849 }
7850
7851 void wxGrid::ShowCellEditControl()
7852 {
7853     if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() )
7854     {
7855         if ( !IsVisible( m_currentCellCoords, false ) )
7856         {
7857             m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = false;
7858             return;
7859         }
7860         else
7861         {
7862             wxRect rect = CellToRect( m_currentCellCoords );
7863             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
7864             int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
7865
7866             // if this is part of a multicell, find owner (topleft)
7867             int cell_rows, cell_cols;
7868             GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
7869             if ( cell_rows <= 0 || cell_cols <= 0 )
7870             {
7871                 row += cell_rows;
7872                 col += cell_cols;
7873                 m_currentCellCoords.SetRow( row );
7874                 m_currentCellCoords.SetCol( col );
7875             }
7876
7877             // convert to scrolled coords
7878             CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
7879
7880             int nXMove = 0;
7881             if (rect.x < 0)
7882                 nXMove = rect.x;
7883
7884             // performed in PaintBackground()
7885 #if 0
7886             // erase the highlight and the cell contents because the editor
7887             // might not cover the entire cell
7888             wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
7889             PrepareDC( dc );
7890             dc.SetBrush(*wxLIGHT_GREY_BRUSH); //wxBrush(attr->GetBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID));
7891             dc.SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN);
7892             dc.DrawRectangle(rect);
7893 #endif
7894
7895             // cell is shifted by one pixel
7896             // However, don't allow x or y to become negative
7897             // since the SetSize() method interprets that as
7898             // "don't change."
7899             if (rect.x > 0)
7900                 rect.x--;
7901             if (rect.y > 0)
7902                 rect.y--;
7903
7904             wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7905             wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
7906             if ( !editor->IsCreated() )
7907             {
7908                 editor->Create(m_gridWin, wxID_ANY,
7909                                new wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler(this, editor));
7910
7911                 wxGridEditorCreatedEvent evt(GetId(),
7912                                              wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_CREATED,
7913                                              this,
7914                                              row,
7915                                              col,
7916                                              editor->GetControl());
7917                 GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(evt);
7918             }
7919
7920             // resize editor to overflow into righthand cells if allowed
7921             int maxWidth = rect.width;
7922             wxString value = GetCellValue(row, col);
7923             if ( (value != wxEmptyString) && (attr->GetOverflow()) )
7924             {
7925                 int y;
7926                 GetTextExtent(value, &maxWidth, &y, NULL, NULL, &attr->GetFont());
7927                 if (maxWidth < rect.width)
7928                     maxWidth = rect.width;
7929             }
7930
7931             int client_right = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth();
7932             if (rect.x + maxWidth > client_right)
7933                 maxWidth = client_right - rect.x;
7934
7935             if ((maxWidth > rect.width) && (col < m_numCols) && m_table)
7936             {
7937                 GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
7938                 // may have changed earlier
7939                 for (int i = col + cell_cols; i < m_numCols; i++)
7940                 {
7941                     int c_rows, c_cols;
7942                     GetCellSize( row, i, &c_rows, &c_cols );
7943
7944                     // looks weird going over a multicell
7945                     if (m_table->IsEmptyCell( row, i ) &&
7946                             (rect.width < maxWidth) && (c_rows == 1))
7947                     {
7948                         rect.width += GetColWidth( i );
7949                     }
7950                     else
7951                         break;
7952                 }
7953
7954                 if (rect.GetRight() > client_right)
7955                     rect.SetRight( client_right - 1 );
7956             }
7957
7958             editor->SetCellAttr( attr );
7959             editor->SetSize( rect );
7960             if (nXMove != 0)
7961                 editor->GetControl()->Move(
7962                     editor->GetControl()->GetPosition().x + nXMove,
7963                     editor->GetControl()->GetPosition().y );
7964             editor->Show( true, attr );
7965
7966             int colXPos = GetColLeft(col);
7967 //            for (int i = 0; i < m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); i++)
7968 //            {
7969 //                colXPos += GetColSize( i );
7970 //            }
7971
7972 //             int xUnit = 1, yUnit = 1;
7973 //             GetScrollPixelsPerUnit( &xUnit, &yUnit );
7974 //             if (col != 0)
7975 //                 Scroll( colXPos / xUnit - 1, GetScrollPos( wxVERTICAL ) );
7976 //             else
7977 //                 Scroll( colXPos / xUnit, GetScrollPos( wxVERTICAL ) );
7978
7979             // recalc dimensions in case we need to
7980             // expand the scrolled window to account for editor
7981             CalcDimensions();
7982
7983             editor->BeginEdit(row, col, this);
7984             editor->SetCellAttr(NULL);
7985
7986             editor->DecRef();
7987             attr->DecRef();
7988         }
7989     }
7990 }
7991
7992 void wxGrid::HideCellEditControl()
7993 {
7994     if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() )
7995     {
7996         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
7997         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
7998
7999         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
8000         wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
8001         editor->Show( false );
8002         editor->DecRef();
8003         attr->DecRef();
8004
8005         m_gridWin->SetFocus();
8006
8007         // refresh whole row to the right
8008         wxRect rect( CellToRect(row, col) );
8009         CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
8010         rect.width = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth() - rect.x;
8011
8012 #ifdef __WXMAC__
8013         // ensure that the pixels under the focus ring get refreshed as well
8014         rect.Inflate(10, 10);
8015 #endif
8016
8017         m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
8018     }
8019 }
8020
8021 void wxGrid::SaveEditControlValue()
8022 {
8023     if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() )
8024     {
8025         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8026         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8027
8028         wxString oldval = GetCellValue(row, col);
8029
8030         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
8031         wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
8032         bool changed = editor->EndEdit(row, col, this);
8033
8034         editor->DecRef();
8035         attr->DecRef();
8036
8037         if (changed)
8038         {
8039             if ( SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE,
8040                        m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
8041                        m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) < 0 )
8042             {
8043                 // Event has been vetoed, set the data back.
8044                 SetCellValue(row, col, oldval);
8045             }
8046         }
8047     }
8048 }
8049
8050 //
8051 // ------ Grid location functions
8052 //  Note that all of these functions work with the logical coordinates of
8053 //  grid cells and labels so you will need to convert from device
8054 //  coordinates for mouse events etc.
8055 //
8056
8057 void wxGrid::XYToCell( int x, int y, wxGridCellCoords& coords )
8058 {
8059     int row = YToRow(y);
8060     int col = XToCol(x);
8061
8062     if ( row == -1 || col == -1 )
8063     {
8064         coords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
8065     }
8066     else
8067     {
8068         coords.Set( row, col );
8069     }
8070 }
8071
8072 // Internal Helper function for computing row or column from some
8073 // (unscrolled) coordinate value, using either
8074 // m_defaultRowHeight/m_defaultColWidth or binary search on array
8075 // of m_rowBottoms/m_ColRights to speed up the search!
8076
8077 static int CoordToRowOrCol(int coord, int defaultDist, int minDist,
8078                            const wxArrayInt& BorderArray, int nMax,
8079                            bool clipToMinMax)
8080 {
8081     if (coord < 0)
8082         return clipToMinMax && (nMax > 0) ? 0 : -1;
8083
8084     if (!defaultDist)
8085         defaultDist = 1;
8086
8087     size_t i_max = coord / defaultDist,
8088            i_min = 0;
8089
8090     if (BorderArray.IsEmpty())
8091     {
8092         if ((int) i_max < nMax)
8093             return i_max;
8094         return clipToMinMax ? nMax - 1 : -1;
8095     }
8096
8097     if ( i_max >= BorderArray.GetCount())
8098     {
8099         i_max = BorderArray.GetCount() - 1;
8100     }
8101     else
8102     {
8103         if ( coord >= BorderArray[i_max])
8104         {
8105             i_min = i_max;
8106             if (minDist)
8107                 i_max = coord / minDist;
8108             else
8109                 i_max =  BorderArray.GetCount() - 1;
8110         }
8111
8112         if ( i_max >= BorderArray.GetCount())
8113             i_max = BorderArray.GetCount() - 1;
8114     }
8115
8116     if ( coord >= BorderArray[i_max])
8117         return clipToMinMax ? (int)i_max : -1;
8118     if ( coord < BorderArray[0] )
8119         return 0;
8120
8121     while ( i_max - i_min > 0 )
8122     {
8123         wxCHECK_MSG(BorderArray[i_min] <= coord && coord < BorderArray[i_max],
8124                     0, _T("wxGrid: internal error in CoordToRowOrCol"));
8125         if (coord >=  BorderArray[ i_max - 1])
8126             return i_max;
8127         else
8128             i_max--;
8129         int median = i_min + (i_max - i_min + 1) / 2;
8130         if (coord < BorderArray[median])
8131             i_max = median;
8132         else
8133             i_min = median;
8134     }
8135
8136     return i_max;
8137 }
8138
8139 int wxGrid::YToRow( int y )
8140 {
8141     return CoordToRowOrCol(y, m_defaultRowHeight,
8142                            m_minAcceptableRowHeight, m_rowBottoms, m_numRows, false);
8143 }
8144
8145 int wxGrid::XToCol( int x )
8146 {
8147     return CoordToRowOrCol(x, m_defaultColWidth,
8148                            m_minAcceptableColWidth, m_colRights, m_numCols, false);
8149 }
8150
8151 // return the row number that that the y coord is near the edge of, or
8152 // -1 if not near an edge
8153 //
8154 int wxGrid::YToEdgeOfRow( int y )
8155 {
8156     int i;
8157     i = internalYToRow(y);
8158
8159     if ( GetRowHeight(i) > WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8160     {
8161         // We know that we are in row i, test whether we are
8162         // close enough to lower or upper border, respectively.
8163         if ( abs(GetRowBottom(i) - y) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8164             return i;
8165         else if ( i > 0 && y - GetRowTop(i) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8166             return i - 1;
8167     }
8168
8169     return -1;
8170 }
8171
8172 // return the col number that that the x coord is near the edge of, or
8173 // -1 if not near an edge
8174 //
8175 int wxGrid::XToEdgeOfCol( int x )
8176 {
8177     int i;
8178     i = internalXToCol(x);
8179
8180     if ( GetColWidth(i) > WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8181     {
8182         // We know that we are in column i; test whether we are
8183         // close enough to right or left border, respectively.
8184         if ( abs(GetColRight(i) - x) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8185             return i;
8186         else if ( i > 0 && x - GetColLeft(i) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8187             return i - 1;
8188     }
8189
8190     return -1;
8191 }
8192
8193 wxRect wxGrid::CellToRect( int row, int col )
8194 {
8195     wxRect rect( -1, -1, -1, -1 );
8196
8197     if ( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows &&
8198          col >= 0 && col < m_numCols )
8199     {
8200         int i, cell_rows, cell_cols;
8201         rect.width = rect.height = 0;
8202         GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
8203         // if negative then find multicell owner
8204         if (cell_rows < 0)
8205             row += cell_rows;
8206         if (cell_cols < 0)
8207              col += cell_cols;
8208         GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
8209
8210         rect.x = GetColLeft(col);
8211         rect.y = GetRowTop(row);
8212         for (i=col; i < col + cell_cols; i++)
8213             rect.width += GetColWidth(i);
8214         for (i=row; i < row + cell_rows; i++)
8215             rect.height += GetRowHeight(i);
8216     }
8217
8218     // if grid lines are enabled, then the area of the cell is a bit smaller
8219     if (m_gridLinesEnabled)
8220     {
8221         rect.width -= 1;
8222         rect.height -= 1;
8223     }
8224
8225     return rect;
8226 }
8227
8228 bool wxGrid::IsVisible( int row, int col, bool wholeCellVisible )
8229 {
8230     // get the cell rectangle in logical coords
8231     //
8232     wxRect r( CellToRect( row, col ) );
8233
8234     // convert to device coords
8235     //
8236     int left, top, right, bottom;
8237     CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top );
8238     CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom );
8239
8240     // check against the client area of the grid window
8241     int cw, ch;
8242     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
8243
8244     if ( wholeCellVisible )
8245     {
8246         // is the cell wholly visible ?
8247         return ( left >= 0 && right <= cw &&
8248                  top >= 0 && bottom <= ch );
8249     }
8250     else
8251     {
8252         // is the cell partly visible ?
8253         //
8254         return ( ((left >= 0 && left < cw) || (right > 0 && right <= cw)) &&
8255                  ((top >= 0 && top < ch) || (bottom > 0 && bottom <= ch)) );
8256     }
8257 }
8258
8259 // make the specified cell location visible by doing a minimal amount
8260 // of scrolling
8261 //
8262 void wxGrid::MakeCellVisible( int row, int col )
8263 {
8264     int i;
8265     int xpos = -1, ypos = -1;
8266
8267     if ( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows &&
8268          col >= 0 && col < m_numCols )
8269     {
8270         // get the cell rectangle in logical coords
8271         wxRect r( CellToRect( row, col ) );
8272
8273         // convert to device coords
8274         int left, top, right, bottom;
8275         CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top );
8276         CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom );
8277
8278         int cw, ch;
8279         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
8280
8281         if ( top < 0 )
8282         {
8283             ypos = r.GetTop();
8284         }
8285         else if ( bottom > ch )
8286         {
8287             int h = r.GetHeight();
8288             ypos = r.GetTop();
8289             for ( i = row - 1; i >= 0; i-- )
8290             {
8291                 int rowHeight = GetRowHeight(i);
8292                 if ( h + rowHeight > ch )
8293                     break;
8294
8295                 h += rowHeight;
8296                 ypos -= rowHeight;
8297             }
8298
8299             // we divide it later by GRID_SCROLL_LINE, make sure that we don't
8300             // have rounding errors (this is important, because if we do,
8301             // we might not scroll at all and some cells won't be redrawn)
8302             //
8303             // Sometimes GRID_SCROLL_LINE / 2 is not enough,
8304             // so just add a full scroll unit...
8305             ypos += m_scrollLineY;
8306         }
8307
8308         // special handling for wide cells - show always left part of the cell!
8309         // Otherwise, e.g. when stepping from row to row, it would jump between
8310         // left and right part of the cell on every step!
8311 //      if ( left < 0 )
8312         if ( left < 0 || (right - left) >= cw )
8313         {
8314             xpos = r.GetLeft();
8315         }
8316         else if ( right > cw )
8317         {
8318             // position the view so that the cell is on the right
8319             int x0, y0;
8320             CalcUnscrolledPosition(0, 0, &x0, &y0);
8321             xpos = x0 + (right - cw);
8322
8323             // see comment for ypos above
8324             xpos += m_scrollLineX;
8325         }
8326
8327         if ( xpos != -1 || ypos != -1 )
8328         {
8329             if ( xpos != -1 )
8330                 xpos /= m_scrollLineX;
8331             if ( ypos != -1 )
8332                 ypos /= m_scrollLineY;
8333             Scroll( xpos, ypos );
8334             AdjustScrollbars();
8335         }
8336     }
8337 }
8338
8339 //
8340 // ------ Grid cursor movement functions
8341 //
8342
8343 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorUp( bool expandSelection )
8344 {
8345     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
8346          m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() >= 0 )
8347     {
8348         if ( expandSelection )
8349         {
8350             if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8351                 m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords;
8352             if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() > 0 )
8353             {
8354                 m_selectingKeyboard.SetRow( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() - 1 );
8355                 MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(),
8356                                  m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() );
8357                 HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8358             }
8359         }
8360         else if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() > 0 )
8361         {
8362             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() - 1;
8363             int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8364             ClearSelection();
8365             MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8366             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8367         }
8368         else
8369             return false;
8370
8371         return true;
8372     }
8373
8374     return false;
8375 }
8376
8377 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorDown( bool expandSelection )
8378 {
8379     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
8380          m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() < m_numRows )
8381     {
8382         if ( expandSelection )
8383         {
8384             if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8385                 m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords;
8386             if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() < m_numRows - 1 )
8387             {
8388                 m_selectingKeyboard.SetRow( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() + 1 );
8389                 MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(),
8390                         m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() );
8391                 HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8392             }
8393         }
8394         else if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() < m_numRows - 1 )
8395         {
8396             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() + 1;
8397             int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8398             ClearSelection();
8399             MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8400             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8401         }
8402         else
8403             return false;
8404
8405         return true;
8406     }
8407
8408     return false;
8409 }
8410
8411 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorLeft( bool expandSelection )
8412 {
8413     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
8414          m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() >= 0 )
8415     {
8416         if ( expandSelection )
8417         {
8418             if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8419                 m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords;
8420             if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() > 0 )
8421             {
8422                 m_selectingKeyboard.SetCol( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() - 1 );
8423                 MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(),
8424                         m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() );
8425                 HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8426             }
8427         }
8428         else if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() > 0 )
8429         {
8430             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8431             int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() - 1;
8432             ClearSelection();
8433             MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8434             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8435         }
8436         else
8437             return false;
8438
8439         return true;
8440     }
8441
8442     return false;
8443 }
8444
8445 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorRight( bool expandSelection )
8446 {
8447     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
8448          m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() < m_numCols )
8449     {
8450         if ( expandSelection )
8451         {
8452             if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8453                 m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords;
8454             if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() < m_numCols - 1 )
8455             {
8456                 m_selectingKeyboard.SetCol( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() + 1 );
8457                 MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(),
8458                         m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() );
8459                 HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8460             }
8461         }
8462         else if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() < m_numCols - 1 )
8463         {
8464             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8465             int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() + 1;
8466             ClearSelection();
8467             MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8468             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8469         }
8470         else
8471             return false;
8472
8473         return true;
8474     }
8475
8476     return false;
8477 }
8478
8479 bool wxGrid::MovePageUp()
8480 {
8481     if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8482         return false;
8483
8484     int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8485     if ( row > 0 )
8486     {
8487         int cw, ch;
8488         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
8489
8490         int y = GetRowTop(row);
8491         int newRow = internalYToRow( y - ch + 1 );
8492
8493         if ( newRow == row )
8494         {
8495             // row > 0, so newRow can never be less than 0 here.
8496             newRow = row - 1;
8497         }
8498
8499         MakeCellVisible( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
8500         SetCurrentCell( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
8501
8502         return true;
8503     }
8504
8505     return false;
8506 }
8507
8508 bool wxGrid::MovePageDown()
8509 {
8510     if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8511         return false;
8512
8513     int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8514     if ( (row + 1) < m_numRows )
8515     {
8516         int cw, ch;
8517         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
8518
8519         int y = GetRowTop(row);
8520         int newRow = internalYToRow( y + ch );
8521         if ( newRow == row )
8522         {
8523             // row < m_numRows, so newRow can't overflow here.
8524             newRow = row + 1;
8525         }
8526
8527         MakeCellVisible( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
8528         SetCurrentCell( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
8529
8530         return true;
8531     }
8532
8533     return false;
8534 }
8535
8536 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorUpBlock( bool expandSelection )
8537 {
8538     if ( m_table &&
8539          m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
8540          m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() > 0 )
8541     {
8542         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8543         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8544
8545         if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
8546         {
8547             // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of
8548             // non-empty cells
8549             //
8550             while ( row > 0 )
8551             {
8552                 row--;
8553                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
8554                     break;
8555             }
8556         }
8557         else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row - 1, col) )
8558         {
8559             // starting at the top of a block: find the next block
8560             //
8561             row--;
8562             while ( row > 0 )
8563             {
8564                 row--;
8565                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
8566                     break;
8567             }
8568         }
8569         else
8570         {
8571             // starting within a block: find the top of the block
8572             //
8573             while ( row > 0 )
8574             {
8575                 row--;
8576                 if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
8577                 {
8578                     row++;
8579                     break;
8580                 }
8581             }
8582         }
8583
8584         MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8585         if ( expandSelection )
8586         {
8587             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col );
8588             HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8589         }
8590         else
8591         {
8592             ClearSelection();
8593             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8594         }
8595
8596         return true;
8597     }
8598
8599     return false;
8600 }
8601
8602 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorDownBlock( bool expandSelection )
8603 {
8604     if ( m_table &&
8605          m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
8606          m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() < m_numRows - 1 )
8607     {
8608         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8609         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8610
8611         if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
8612         {
8613             // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of
8614             // non-empty cells
8615             //
8616             while ( row < m_numRows - 1 )
8617             {
8618                 row++;
8619                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
8620                     break;
8621             }
8622         }
8623         else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row + 1, col) )
8624         {
8625             // starting at the bottom of a block: find the next block
8626             //
8627             row++;
8628             while ( row < m_numRows - 1 )
8629             {
8630                 row++;
8631                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
8632                     break;
8633             }
8634         }
8635         else
8636         {
8637             // starting within a block: find the bottom of the block
8638             //
8639             while ( row < m_numRows - 1 )
8640             {
8641                 row++;
8642                 if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
8643                 {
8644                     row--;
8645                     break;
8646                 }
8647             }
8648         }
8649
8650         MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8651         if ( expandSelection )
8652         {
8653             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col );
8654             HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8655         }
8656         else
8657         {
8658             ClearSelection();
8659             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8660         }
8661
8662         return true;
8663     }
8664
8665     return false;
8666 }
8667
8668 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorLeftBlock( bool expandSelection )
8669 {
8670     if ( m_table &&
8671          m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
8672          m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() > 0 )
8673     {
8674         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8675         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8676
8677         if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
8678         {
8679             // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of
8680             // non-empty cells
8681             //
8682             while ( col > 0 )
8683             {
8684                 col--;
8685                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
8686                     break;
8687             }
8688         }
8689         else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col - 1) )
8690         {
8691             // starting at the left of a block: find the next block
8692             //
8693             col--;
8694             while ( col > 0 )
8695             {
8696                 col--;
8697                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
8698                     break;
8699             }
8700         }
8701         else
8702         {
8703             // starting within a block: find the left of the block
8704             //
8705             while ( col > 0 )
8706             {
8707                 col--;
8708                 if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
8709                 {
8710                     col++;
8711                     break;
8712                 }
8713             }
8714         }
8715
8716         MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8717         if ( expandSelection )
8718         {
8719             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col );
8720             HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8721         }
8722         else
8723         {
8724             ClearSelection();
8725             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8726         }
8727
8728         return true;
8729     }
8730
8731     return false;
8732 }
8733
8734 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorRightBlock( bool expandSelection )
8735 {
8736     if ( m_table &&
8737          m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
8738          m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() < m_numCols - 1 )
8739     {
8740         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8741         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8742
8743         if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
8744         {
8745             // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of
8746             // non-empty cells
8747             //
8748             while ( col < m_numCols - 1 )
8749             {
8750                 col++;
8751                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
8752                     break;
8753             }
8754         }
8755         else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col + 1) )
8756         {
8757             // starting at the right of a block: find the next block
8758             //
8759             col++;
8760             while ( col < m_numCols - 1 )
8761             {
8762                 col++;
8763                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
8764                     break;
8765             }
8766         }
8767         else
8768         {
8769             // starting within a block: find the right of the block
8770             //
8771             while ( col < m_numCols - 1 )
8772             {
8773                 col++;
8774                 if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
8775                 {
8776                     col--;
8777                     break;
8778                 }
8779             }
8780         }
8781
8782         MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8783         if ( expandSelection )
8784         {
8785             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col );
8786             HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8787         }
8788         else
8789         {
8790             ClearSelection();
8791             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8792         }
8793
8794         return true;
8795     }
8796
8797     return false;
8798 }
8799
8800 //
8801 // ------ Label values and formatting
8802 //
8803
8804 void wxGrid::GetRowLabelAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert )
8805 {
8806     if ( horiz )
8807         *horiz = m_rowLabelHorizAlign;
8808     if ( vert )
8809         *vert  = m_rowLabelVertAlign;
8810 }
8811
8812 void wxGrid::GetColLabelAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert )
8813 {
8814     if ( horiz )
8815         *horiz = m_colLabelHorizAlign;
8816     if ( vert )
8817         *vert  = m_colLabelVertAlign;
8818 }
8819
8820 int wxGrid::GetColLabelTextOrientation()
8821 {
8822     return m_colLabelTextOrientation;
8823 }
8824
8825 wxString wxGrid::GetRowLabelValue( int row )
8826 {
8827     if ( m_table )
8828     {
8829         return m_table->GetRowLabelValue( row );
8830     }
8831     else
8832     {
8833         wxString s;
8834         s << row;
8835         return s;
8836     }
8837 }
8838
8839 wxString wxGrid::GetColLabelValue( int col )
8840 {
8841     if ( m_table )
8842     {
8843         return m_table->GetColLabelValue( col );
8844     }
8845     else
8846     {
8847         wxString s;
8848         s << col;
8849         return s;
8850     }
8851 }
8852
8853 void wxGrid::SetRowLabelSize( int width )
8854 {
8855     width = wxMax( width, 0 );
8856     if ( width != m_rowLabelWidth )
8857     {
8858         if ( width == 0 )
8859         {
8860             m_rowLabelWin->Show( false );
8861             m_cornerLabelWin->Show( false );
8862         }
8863         else if ( m_rowLabelWidth == 0 )
8864         {
8865             m_rowLabelWin->Show( true );
8866             if ( m_colLabelHeight > 0 )
8867                 m_cornerLabelWin->Show( true );
8868         }
8869
8870         m_rowLabelWidth = width;
8871         CalcWindowSizes();
8872         wxScrolledWindow::Refresh( true );
8873     }
8874 }
8875
8876 void wxGrid::SetColLabelSize( int height )
8877 {
8878     height = wxMax( height, 0 );
8879     if ( height != m_colLabelHeight )
8880     {
8881         if ( height == 0 )
8882         {
8883             m_colLabelWin->Show( false );
8884             m_cornerLabelWin->Show( false );
8885         }
8886         else if ( m_colLabelHeight == 0 )
8887         {
8888             m_colLabelWin->Show( true );
8889             if ( m_rowLabelWidth > 0 )
8890                 m_cornerLabelWin->Show( true );
8891         }
8892
8893         m_colLabelHeight = height;
8894         CalcWindowSizes();
8895         wxScrolledWindow::Refresh( true );
8896     }
8897 }
8898
8899 void wxGrid::SetLabelBackgroundColour( const wxColour& colour )
8900 {
8901     if ( m_labelBackgroundColour != colour )
8902     {
8903         m_labelBackgroundColour = colour;
8904         m_rowLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour );
8905         m_colLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour );
8906         m_cornerLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour );
8907
8908         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
8909         {
8910             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
8911             m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
8912             m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh();
8913         }
8914     }
8915 }
8916
8917 void wxGrid::SetLabelTextColour( const wxColour& colour )
8918 {
8919     if ( m_labelTextColour != colour )
8920     {
8921         m_labelTextColour = colour;
8922         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
8923         {
8924             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
8925             m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
8926         }
8927     }
8928 }
8929
8930 void wxGrid::SetLabelFont( const wxFont& font )
8931 {
8932     m_labelFont = font;
8933     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
8934     {
8935         m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
8936         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
8937     }
8938 }
8939
8940 void wxGrid::SetRowLabelAlignment( int horiz, int vert )
8941 {
8942     // allow old (incorrect) defs to be used
8943     switch ( horiz )
8944     {
8945         case wxLEFT:   horiz = wxALIGN_LEFT; break;
8946         case wxRIGHT:  horiz = wxALIGN_RIGHT; break;
8947         case wxCENTRE: horiz = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
8948     }
8949
8950     switch ( vert )
8951     {
8952         case wxTOP:    vert = wxALIGN_TOP;    break;
8953         case wxBOTTOM: vert = wxALIGN_BOTTOM; break;
8954         case wxCENTRE: vert = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
8955     }
8956
8957     if ( horiz == wxALIGN_LEFT || horiz == wxALIGN_CENTRE || horiz == wxALIGN_RIGHT )
8958     {
8959         m_rowLabelHorizAlign = horiz;
8960     }
8961
8962     if ( vert == wxALIGN_TOP || vert == wxALIGN_CENTRE || vert == wxALIGN_BOTTOM )
8963     {
8964         m_rowLabelVertAlign = vert;
8965     }
8966
8967     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
8968     {
8969         m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
8970     }
8971 }
8972
8973 void wxGrid::SetColLabelAlignment( int horiz, int vert )
8974 {
8975     // allow old (incorrect) defs to be used
8976     switch ( horiz )
8977     {
8978         case wxLEFT:   horiz = wxALIGN_LEFT; break;
8979         case wxRIGHT:  horiz = wxALIGN_RIGHT; break;
8980         case wxCENTRE: horiz = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
8981     }
8982
8983     switch ( vert )
8984     {
8985         case wxTOP:    vert = wxALIGN_TOP;    break;
8986         case wxBOTTOM: vert = wxALIGN_BOTTOM; break;
8987         case wxCENTRE: vert = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
8988     }
8989
8990     if ( horiz == wxALIGN_LEFT || horiz == wxALIGN_CENTRE || horiz == wxALIGN_RIGHT )
8991     {
8992         m_colLabelHorizAlign = horiz;
8993     }
8994
8995     if ( vert == wxALIGN_TOP || vert == wxALIGN_CENTRE || vert == wxALIGN_BOTTOM )
8996     {
8997         m_colLabelVertAlign = vert;
8998     }
8999
9000     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9001     {
9002         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
9003     }
9004 }
9005
9006 // Note: under MSW, the default column label font must be changed because it
9007 //       does not support vertical printing
9008 //
9009 // Example: wxFont font(9, wxSWISS, wxNORMAL, wxBOLD);
9010 //                      pGrid->SetLabelFont(font);
9011 //                      pGrid->SetColLabelTextOrientation(wxVERTICAL);
9012 //
9013 void wxGrid::SetColLabelTextOrientation( int textOrientation )
9014 {
9015     if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL || textOrientation == wxVERTICAL )
9016         m_colLabelTextOrientation = textOrientation;
9017
9018     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9019         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
9020 }
9021
9022 void wxGrid::SetRowLabelValue( int row, const wxString& s )
9023 {
9024     if ( m_table )
9025     {
9026         m_table->SetRowLabelValue( row, s );
9027         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9028         {
9029             wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, 0 );
9030             if ( rect.height > 0 )
9031             {
9032                 CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y);
9033                 rect.x = 0;
9034                 rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth;
9035                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
9036             }
9037         }
9038     }
9039 }
9040
9041 void wxGrid::SetColLabelValue( int col, const wxString& s )
9042 {
9043     if ( m_table )
9044     {
9045         m_table->SetColLabelValue( col, s );
9046         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9047         {
9048             wxRect rect = CellToRect( 0, col );
9049             if ( rect.width > 0 )
9050             {
9051                 CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &rect.y);
9052                 rect.y = 0;
9053                 rect.height = m_colLabelHeight;
9054                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
9055             }
9056         }
9057     }
9058 }
9059
9060 void wxGrid::SetGridLineColour( const wxColour& colour )
9061 {
9062     if ( m_gridLineColour != colour )
9063     {
9064         m_gridLineColour = colour;
9065
9066         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
9067         PrepareDC( dc );
9068         DrawAllGridLines( dc, wxRegion() );
9069     }
9070 }
9071
9072 void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightColour( const wxColour& colour )
9073 {
9074     if ( m_cellHighlightColour != colour )
9075     {
9076         m_cellHighlightColour = colour;
9077
9078         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
9079         PrepareDC( dc );
9080         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords);
9081         DrawCellHighlight(dc, attr);
9082         attr->DecRef();
9083     }
9084 }
9085
9086 void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightPenWidth(int width)
9087 {
9088     if (m_cellHighlightPenWidth != width)
9089     {
9090         m_cellHighlightPenWidth = width;
9091
9092         // Just redrawing the cell highlight is not enough since that won't
9093         // make any visible change if the the thickness is getting smaller.
9094         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9095         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9096         if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
9097             return;
9098
9099         wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col);
9100         m_gridWin->Refresh(true, &rect);
9101     }
9102 }
9103
9104 void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightROPenWidth(int width)
9105 {
9106     if (m_cellHighlightROPenWidth != width)
9107     {
9108         m_cellHighlightROPenWidth = width;
9109
9110         // Just redrawing the cell highlight is not enough since that won't
9111         // make any visible change if the the thickness is getting smaller.
9112         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9113         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9114         if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
9115             return;
9116
9117         wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col);
9118         m_gridWin->Refresh(true, &rect);
9119     }
9120 }
9121
9122 void wxGrid::EnableGridLines( bool enable )
9123 {
9124     if ( enable != m_gridLinesEnabled )
9125     {
9126         m_gridLinesEnabled = enable;
9127
9128         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9129         {
9130             if ( enable )
9131             {
9132                 wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
9133                 PrepareDC( dc );
9134                 DrawAllGridLines( dc, wxRegion() );
9135             }
9136             else
9137             {
9138                 m_gridWin->Refresh();
9139             }
9140         }
9141     }
9142 }
9143
9144 int wxGrid::GetDefaultRowSize()
9145 {
9146     return m_defaultRowHeight;
9147 }
9148
9149 int wxGrid::GetRowSize( int row )
9150 {
9151     wxCHECK_MSG( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows, 0, _T("invalid row index") );
9152
9153     return GetRowHeight(row);
9154 }
9155
9156 int wxGrid::GetDefaultColSize()
9157 {
9158     return m_defaultColWidth;
9159 }
9160
9161 int wxGrid::GetColSize( int col )
9162 {
9163     wxCHECK_MSG( col >= 0 && col < m_numCols, 0, _T("invalid column index") );
9164
9165     return GetColWidth(col);
9166 }
9167
9168 // ============================================================================
9169 // access to the grid attributes: each of them has a default value in the grid
9170 // itself and may be overidden on a per-cell basis
9171 // ============================================================================
9172
9173 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9174 // setting default attributes
9175 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9176
9177 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellBackgroundColour( const wxColour& col )
9178 {
9179     m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(col);
9180 #ifdef __WXGTK__
9181     m_gridWin->SetBackgroundColour(col);
9182 #endif
9183 }
9184
9185 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellTextColour( const wxColour& col )
9186 {
9187     m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(col);
9188 }
9189
9190 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellAlignment( int horiz, int vert )
9191 {
9192     m_defaultCellAttr->SetAlignment(horiz, vert);
9193 }
9194
9195 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellOverflow( bool allow )
9196 {
9197     m_defaultCellAttr->SetOverflow(allow);
9198 }
9199
9200 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellFont( const wxFont& font )
9201 {
9202     m_defaultCellAttr->SetFont(font);
9203 }
9204
9205 // For editors and renderers the type registry takes precedence over the
9206 // default attr, so we need to register the new editor/renderer for the string
9207 // data type in order to make setting a default editor/renderer appear to
9208 // work correctly.
9209
9210 void wxGrid::SetDefaultRenderer(wxGridCellRenderer *renderer)
9211 {
9212     RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING,
9213                      renderer,
9214                      GetDefaultEditorForType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING));
9215 }
9216
9217 void wxGrid::SetDefaultEditor(wxGridCellEditor *editor)
9218 {
9219     RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING,
9220                      GetDefaultRendererForType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING),
9221                      editor);
9222 }
9223
9224 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9225 // access to the default attrbiutes
9226 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9227
9228 wxColour wxGrid::GetDefaultCellBackgroundColour()
9229 {
9230     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetBackgroundColour();
9231 }
9232
9233 wxColour wxGrid::GetDefaultCellTextColour()
9234 {
9235     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetTextColour();
9236 }
9237
9238 wxFont wxGrid::GetDefaultCellFont()
9239 {
9240     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetFont();
9241 }
9242
9243 void wxGrid::GetDefaultCellAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert )
9244 {
9245     m_defaultCellAttr->GetAlignment(horiz, vert);
9246 }
9247
9248 bool wxGrid::GetDefaultCellOverflow()
9249 {
9250     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetOverflow();
9251 }
9252
9253 wxGridCellRenderer *wxGrid::GetDefaultRenderer() const
9254 {
9255     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetRenderer(NULL, 0, 0);
9256 }
9257
9258 wxGridCellEditor *wxGrid::GetDefaultEditor() const
9259 {
9260     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetEditor(NULL, 0, 0);
9261 }
9262
9263 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9264 // access to cell attributes
9265 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9266
9267 wxColour wxGrid::GetCellBackgroundColour(int row, int col)
9268 {
9269     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9270     wxColour colour = attr->GetBackgroundColour();
9271     attr->DecRef();
9272
9273     return colour;
9274 }
9275
9276 wxColour wxGrid::GetCellTextColour( int row, int col )
9277 {
9278     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9279     wxColour colour = attr->GetTextColour();
9280     attr->DecRef();
9281
9282     return colour;
9283 }
9284
9285 wxFont wxGrid::GetCellFont( int row, int col )
9286 {
9287     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9288     wxFont font = attr->GetFont();
9289     attr->DecRef();
9290
9291     return font;
9292 }
9293
9294 void wxGrid::GetCellAlignment( int row, int col, int *horiz, int *vert )
9295 {
9296     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9297     attr->GetAlignment(horiz, vert);
9298     attr->DecRef();
9299 }
9300
9301 bool wxGrid::GetCellOverflow( int row, int col )
9302 {
9303     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9304     bool allow = attr->GetOverflow();
9305     attr->DecRef();
9306
9307     return allow;
9308 }
9309
9310 void wxGrid::GetCellSize( int row, int col, int *num_rows, int *num_cols )
9311 {
9312     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9313     attr->GetSize( num_rows, num_cols );
9314     attr->DecRef();
9315 }
9316
9317 wxGridCellRenderer* wxGrid::GetCellRenderer(int row, int col)
9318 {
9319     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9320     wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col);
9321     attr->DecRef();
9322
9323     return renderer;
9324 }
9325
9326 wxGridCellEditor* wxGrid::GetCellEditor(int row, int col)
9327 {
9328     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9329     wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
9330     attr->DecRef();
9331
9332     return editor;
9333 }
9334
9335 bool wxGrid::IsReadOnly(int row, int col) const
9336 {
9337     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9338     bool isReadOnly = attr->IsReadOnly();
9339     attr->DecRef();
9340
9341     return isReadOnly;
9342 }
9343
9344 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9345 // attribute support: cache, automatic provider creation, ...
9346 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9347
9348 bool wxGrid::CanHaveAttributes()
9349 {
9350     if ( !m_table )
9351     {
9352         return false;
9353     }
9354
9355     return m_table->CanHaveAttributes();
9356 }
9357
9358 void wxGrid::ClearAttrCache()
9359 {
9360     if ( m_attrCache.row != -1 )
9361     {
9362         wxSafeDecRef(m_attrCache.attr);
9363         m_attrCache.attr = NULL;
9364         m_attrCache.row = -1;
9365     }
9366 }
9367
9368 void wxGrid::CacheAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr) const
9369 {
9370     if ( attr != NULL )
9371     {
9372         wxGrid *self = (wxGrid *)this;  // const_cast
9373
9374         self->ClearAttrCache();
9375         self->m_attrCache.row = row;
9376         self->m_attrCache.col = col;
9377         self->m_attrCache.attr = attr;
9378         wxSafeIncRef(attr);
9379     }
9380 }
9381
9382 bool wxGrid::LookupAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr **attr) const
9383 {
9384     if ( row == m_attrCache.row && col == m_attrCache.col )
9385     {
9386         *attr = m_attrCache.attr;
9387         wxSafeIncRef(m_attrCache.attr);
9388
9389 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
9390         gs_nAttrCacheHits++;
9391 #endif
9392
9393         return true;
9394     }
9395     else
9396     {
9397 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
9398         gs_nAttrCacheMisses++;
9399 #endif
9400
9401         return false;
9402     }
9403 }
9404
9405 wxGridCellAttr *wxGrid::GetCellAttr(int row, int col) const
9406 {
9407     wxGridCellAttr *attr = NULL;
9408     // Additional test to avoid looking at the cache e.g. for
9409     // wxNoCellCoords, as this will confuse memory management.
9410     if ( row >= 0 )
9411     {
9412         if ( !LookupAttr(row, col, &attr) )
9413         {
9414             attr = m_table ? m_table->GetAttr(row, col, wxGridCellAttr::Any)
9415                            : (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
9416             CacheAttr(row, col, attr);
9417         }
9418     }
9419
9420     if (attr)
9421     {
9422         attr->SetDefAttr(m_defaultCellAttr);
9423     }
9424     else
9425     {
9426         attr = m_defaultCellAttr;
9427         attr->IncRef();
9428     }
9429
9430     return attr;
9431 }
9432
9433 wxGridCellAttr *wxGrid::GetOrCreateCellAttr(int row, int col) const
9434 {
9435     wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
9436     bool canHave = ((wxGrid*)this)->CanHaveAttributes();
9437
9438     wxCHECK_MSG( canHave, attr, _T("Cell attributes not allowed"));
9439     wxCHECK_MSG( m_table, attr, _T("must have a table") );
9440
9441     attr = m_table->GetAttr(row, col, wxGridCellAttr::Cell);
9442     if ( !attr )
9443     {
9444         attr = new wxGridCellAttr(m_defaultCellAttr);
9445
9446         // artificially inc the ref count to match DecRef() in caller
9447         attr->IncRef();
9448         m_table->SetAttr(attr, row, col);
9449     }
9450
9451     return attr;
9452 }
9453
9454 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9455 // setting column attributes (wrappers around SetColAttr)
9456 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9457
9458 void wxGrid::SetColFormatBool(int col)
9459 {
9460     SetColFormatCustom(col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL);
9461 }
9462
9463 void wxGrid::SetColFormatNumber(int col)
9464 {
9465     SetColFormatCustom(col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER);
9466 }
9467
9468 void wxGrid::SetColFormatFloat(int col, int width, int precision)
9469 {
9470     wxString typeName = wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT;
9471     if ( (width != -1) || (precision != -1) )
9472     {
9473         typeName << _T(':') << width << _T(',') << precision;
9474     }
9475
9476     SetColFormatCustom(col, typeName);
9477 }
9478
9479 void wxGrid::SetColFormatCustom(int col, const wxString& typeName)
9480 {
9481     wxGridCellAttr *attr = m_table->GetAttr(-1, col, wxGridCellAttr::Col );
9482     if (!attr)
9483         attr = new wxGridCellAttr;
9484     wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = GetDefaultRendererForType(typeName);
9485     attr->SetRenderer(renderer);
9486
9487     SetColAttr(col, attr);
9488
9489 }
9490
9491 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9492 // setting cell attributes: this is forwarded to the table
9493 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9494
9495 void wxGrid::SetAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
9496 {
9497     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9498     {
9499         m_table->SetAttr(attr, row, col);
9500         ClearAttrCache();
9501     }
9502     else
9503     {
9504         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
9505     }
9506 }
9507
9508 void wxGrid::SetRowAttr(int row, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
9509 {
9510     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9511     {
9512         m_table->SetRowAttr(attr, row);
9513         ClearAttrCache();
9514     }
9515     else
9516     {
9517         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
9518     }
9519 }
9520
9521 void wxGrid::SetColAttr(int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
9522 {
9523     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9524     {
9525         m_table->SetColAttr(attr, col);
9526         ClearAttrCache();
9527     }
9528     else
9529     {
9530         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
9531     }
9532 }
9533
9534 void wxGrid::SetCellBackgroundColour( int row, int col, const wxColour& colour )
9535 {
9536     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9537     {
9538         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
9539         attr->SetBackgroundColour(colour);
9540         attr->DecRef();
9541     }
9542 }
9543
9544 void wxGrid::SetCellTextColour( int row, int col, const wxColour& colour )
9545 {
9546     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9547     {
9548         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
9549         attr->SetTextColour(colour);
9550         attr->DecRef();
9551     }
9552 }
9553
9554 void wxGrid::SetCellFont( int row, int col, const wxFont& font )
9555 {
9556     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9557     {
9558         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
9559         attr->SetFont(font);
9560         attr->DecRef();
9561     }
9562 }
9563
9564 void wxGrid::SetCellAlignment( int row, int col, int horiz, int vert )
9565 {
9566     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9567     {
9568         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
9569         attr->SetAlignment(horiz, vert);
9570         attr->DecRef();
9571     }
9572 }
9573
9574 void wxGrid::SetCellOverflow( int row, int col, bool allow )
9575 {
9576     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9577     {
9578         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
9579         attr->SetOverflow(allow);
9580         attr->DecRef();
9581     }
9582 }
9583
9584 void wxGrid::SetCellSize( int row, int col, int num_rows, int num_cols )
9585 {
9586     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9587     {
9588         int cell_rows, cell_cols;
9589
9590         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
9591         attr->GetSize(&cell_rows, &cell_cols);
9592         attr->SetSize(num_rows, num_cols);
9593         attr->DecRef();
9594
9595         // Cannot set the size of a cell to 0 or negative values
9596         // While it is perfectly legal to do that, this function cannot
9597         // handle all the possibilies, do it by hand by getting the CellAttr.
9598         // You can only set the size of a cell to 1,1 or greater with this fn
9599         wxASSERT_MSG( !((cell_rows < 1) || (cell_cols < 1)),
9600                       wxT("wxGrid::SetCellSize setting cell size that is already part of another cell"));
9601         wxASSERT_MSG( !((num_rows < 1) || (num_cols < 1)),
9602                       wxT("wxGrid::SetCellSize setting cell size to < 1"));
9603
9604         // if this was already a multicell then "turn off" the other cells first
9605         if ((cell_rows > 1) || (cell_rows > 1))
9606         {
9607             int i, j;
9608             for (j=row; j < row + cell_rows; j++)
9609             {
9610                 for (i=col; i < col + cell_cols; i++)
9611                 {
9612                     if ((i != col) || (j != row))
9613                     {
9614                         wxGridCellAttr *attr_stub = GetOrCreateCellAttr(j, i);
9615                         attr_stub->SetSize( 1, 1 );
9616                         attr_stub->DecRef();
9617                     }
9618                 }
9619             }
9620         }
9621
9622         // mark the cells that will be covered by this cell to
9623         // negative or zero values to point back at this cell
9624         if (((num_rows > 1) || (num_cols > 1)) && (num_rows >= 1) && (num_cols >= 1))
9625         {
9626             int i, j;
9627             for (j=row; j < row + num_rows; j++)
9628             {
9629                 for (i=col; i < col + num_cols; i++)
9630                 {
9631                     if ((i != col) || (j != row))
9632                     {
9633                         wxGridCellAttr *attr_stub = GetOrCreateCellAttr(j, i);
9634                         attr_stub->SetSize( row - j, col - i );
9635                         attr_stub->DecRef();
9636                     }
9637                 }
9638             }
9639         }
9640     }
9641 }
9642
9643 void wxGrid::SetCellRenderer(int row, int col, wxGridCellRenderer *renderer)
9644 {
9645     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9646     {
9647         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
9648         attr->SetRenderer(renderer);
9649         attr->DecRef();
9650     }
9651 }
9652
9653 void wxGrid::SetCellEditor(int row, int col, wxGridCellEditor* editor)
9654 {
9655     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9656     {
9657         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
9658         attr->SetEditor(editor);
9659         attr->DecRef();
9660     }
9661 }
9662
9663 void wxGrid::SetReadOnly(int row, int col, bool isReadOnly)
9664 {
9665     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9666     {
9667         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
9668         attr->SetReadOnly(isReadOnly);
9669         attr->DecRef();
9670     }
9671 }
9672
9673 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9674 // Data type registration
9675 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9676
9677 void wxGrid::RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName,
9678                               wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
9679                               wxGridCellEditor* editor)
9680 {
9681     m_typeRegistry->RegisterDataType(typeName, renderer, editor);
9682 }
9683
9684
9685 wxGridCellEditor * wxGrid::GetDefaultEditorForCell(int row, int col) const
9686 {
9687     wxString typeName = m_table->GetTypeName(row, col);
9688     return GetDefaultEditorForType(typeName);
9689 }
9690
9691 wxGridCellRenderer * wxGrid::GetDefaultRendererForCell(int row, int col) const
9692 {
9693     wxString typeName = m_table->GetTypeName(row, col);
9694     return GetDefaultRendererForType(typeName);
9695 }
9696
9697 wxGridCellEditor * wxGrid::GetDefaultEditorForType(const wxString& typeName) const
9698 {
9699     int index = m_typeRegistry->FindOrCloneDataType(typeName);
9700     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
9701     {
9702         wxString errStr;
9703
9704         errStr.Printf(wxT("Unknown data type name [%s]"), typeName.c_str());
9705         wxFAIL_MSG(errStr.c_str());
9706
9707         return NULL;
9708     }
9709
9710     return m_typeRegistry->GetEditor(index);
9711 }
9712
9713 wxGridCellRenderer * wxGrid::GetDefaultRendererForType(const wxString& typeName) const
9714 {
9715     int index = m_typeRegistry->FindOrCloneDataType(typeName);
9716     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
9717     {
9718         wxString errStr;
9719
9720         errStr.Printf(wxT("Unknown data type name [%s]"), typeName.c_str());
9721         wxFAIL_MSG(errStr.c_str());
9722
9723         return NULL;
9724     }
9725
9726     return m_typeRegistry->GetRenderer(index);
9727 }
9728
9729 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9730 // row/col size
9731 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9732
9733 void wxGrid::EnableDragRowSize( bool enable )
9734 {
9735     m_canDragRowSize = enable;
9736 }
9737
9738 void wxGrid::EnableDragColSize( bool enable )
9739 {
9740     m_canDragColSize = enable;
9741 }
9742
9743 void wxGrid::EnableDragGridSize( bool enable )
9744 {
9745     m_canDragGridSize = enable;
9746 }
9747
9748 void wxGrid::EnableDragCell( bool enable )
9749 {
9750     m_canDragCell = enable;
9751 }
9752
9753 void wxGrid::SetDefaultRowSize( int height, bool resizeExistingRows )
9754 {
9755     m_defaultRowHeight = wxMax( height, m_minAcceptableRowHeight );
9756
9757     if ( resizeExistingRows )
9758     {
9759         // since we are resizing all rows to the default row size,
9760         // we can simply clear the row heights and row bottoms
9761         // arrays (which also allows us to take advantage of
9762         // some speed optimisations)
9763         m_rowHeights.Empty();
9764         m_rowBottoms.Empty();
9765         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9766             CalcDimensions();
9767     }
9768 }
9769
9770 void wxGrid::SetRowSize( int row, int height )
9771 {
9772     wxCHECK_RET( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows, _T("invalid row index") );
9773
9774     // See comment in SetColSize
9775     if ( height < GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight())
9776         return;
9777
9778     if ( m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
9779     {
9780         // need to really create the array
9781         InitRowHeights();
9782     }
9783
9784     int h = wxMax( 0, height );
9785     int diff = h - m_rowHeights[row];
9786
9787     m_rowHeights[row] = h;
9788     int i;
9789     for ( i = row; i < m_numRows; i++ )
9790     {
9791         m_rowBottoms[i] += diff;
9792     }
9793
9794     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9795         CalcDimensions();
9796 }
9797
9798 void wxGrid::SetDefaultColSize( int width, bool resizeExistingCols )
9799 {
9800     m_defaultColWidth = wxMax( width, m_minAcceptableColWidth );
9801
9802     if ( resizeExistingCols )
9803     {
9804         // since we are resizing all columns to the default column size,
9805         // we can simply clear the col widths and col rights
9806         // arrays (which also allows us to take advantage of
9807         // some speed optimisations)
9808         m_colWidths.Empty();
9809         m_colRights.Empty();
9810         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9811             CalcDimensions();
9812     }
9813 }
9814
9815 void wxGrid::SetColSize( int col, int width )
9816 {
9817     wxCHECK_RET( col >= 0 && col < m_numCols, _T("invalid column index") );
9818
9819     // should we check that it's bigger than GetColMinimalWidth(col) here?
9820     //                                                                 (VZ)
9821     // No, because it is reasonable to assume the library user know's
9822     // what he is doing. However whe should test against the weaker
9823     // constraint of minimalAcceptableWidth, as this breaks rendering
9824     //
9825     // This test then fixes sf.net bug #645734
9826
9827     if ( width < GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth() )
9828         return;
9829
9830     if ( m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
9831     {
9832         // need to really create the array
9833         InitColWidths();
9834     }
9835
9836     // if < 0 then calculate new width from label
9837     if ( width < 0 )
9838     {
9839         long w, h;
9840         wxArrayString lines;
9841         wxClientDC dc(m_colLabelWin);
9842         dc.SetFont(GetLabelFont());
9843         StringToLines(GetColLabelValue(col), lines);
9844         GetTextBoxSize(dc, lines, &w, &h);
9845         width = w + 6;
9846     }
9847
9848     int w = wxMax( 0, width );
9849     int diff = w - m_colWidths[col];
9850     m_colWidths[col] = w;
9851
9852     int i;
9853     for ( i = col; i < m_numCols; i++ )
9854     {
9855         m_colRights[i] += diff;
9856     }
9857
9858     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9859         CalcDimensions();
9860 }
9861
9862 void wxGrid::SetColMinimalWidth( int col, int width )
9863 {
9864     if (width > GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth())
9865     {
9866         wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)col;
9867         m_colMinWidths[key] = width;
9868     }
9869 }
9870
9871 void wxGrid::SetRowMinimalHeight( int row, int width )
9872 {
9873     if (width > GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight())
9874     {
9875         wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)row;
9876         m_rowMinHeights[key] = width;
9877     }
9878 }
9879
9880 int wxGrid::GetColMinimalWidth(int col) const
9881 {
9882     wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)col;
9883     wxLongToLongHashMap::const_iterator it = m_colMinWidths.find(key);
9884
9885     return it != m_colMinWidths.end() ? (int)it->second : m_minAcceptableColWidth;
9886 }
9887
9888 int wxGrid::GetRowMinimalHeight(int row) const
9889 {
9890     wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)row;
9891     wxLongToLongHashMap::const_iterator it = m_rowMinHeights.find(key);
9892
9893     return it != m_rowMinHeights.end() ? (int)it->second : m_minAcceptableRowHeight;
9894 }
9895
9896 void wxGrid::SetColMinimalAcceptableWidth( int width )
9897 {
9898     // We do allow a width of 0 since this gives us
9899     // an easy way to temporarily hiding columns.
9900     if ( width >= 0 )
9901         m_minAcceptableColWidth = width;
9902 }
9903
9904 void wxGrid::SetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight( int height )
9905 {
9906     // We do allow a height of 0 since this gives us
9907     // an easy way to temporarily hiding rows.
9908     if ( height >= 0 )
9909         m_minAcceptableRowHeight = height;
9910 }
9911
9912 int  wxGrid::GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth() const
9913 {
9914     return m_minAcceptableColWidth;
9915 }
9916
9917 int  wxGrid::GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight() const
9918 {
9919     return m_minAcceptableRowHeight;
9920 }
9921
9922 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9923 // auto sizing
9924 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9925
9926 void wxGrid::AutoSizeColOrRow( int colOrRow, bool setAsMin, bool column )
9927 {
9928     wxClientDC dc(m_gridWin);
9929
9930     // cancel editing of cell
9931     HideCellEditControl();
9932     SaveEditControlValue();
9933
9934     // init both of them to avoid compiler warnings, even if we only need one
9935     int row = -1,
9936         col = -1;
9937     if ( column )
9938         col = colOrRow;
9939     else
9940         row = colOrRow;
9941
9942     wxCoord extent, extentMax = 0;
9943     int max = column ? m_numRows : m_numCols;
9944     for ( int rowOrCol = 0; rowOrCol < max; rowOrCol++ )
9945     {
9946         if ( column )
9947             row = rowOrCol;
9948         else
9949             col = rowOrCol;
9950
9951         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9952         wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col);
9953         if ( renderer )
9954         {
9955             wxSize size = renderer->GetBestSize(*this, *attr, dc, row, col);
9956             extent = column ? size.x : size.y;
9957             if ( extent > extentMax )
9958                 extentMax = extent;
9959
9960             renderer->DecRef();
9961         }
9962
9963         attr->DecRef();
9964     }
9965
9966     // now also compare with the column label extent
9967     wxCoord w, h;
9968     dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() );
9969
9970     if ( column )
9971     {
9972         dc.GetTextExtent( GetColLabelValue(col), &w, &h );
9973         if ( GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxVERTICAL )
9974             w = h;
9975     }
9976     else
9977         dc.GetTextExtent( GetRowLabelValue(row), &w, &h );
9978
9979     extent = column ? w : h;
9980     if ( extent > extentMax )
9981         extentMax = extent;
9982
9983     if ( !extentMax )
9984     {
9985         // empty column - give default extent (notice that if extentMax is less
9986         // than default extent but != 0, it's OK)
9987         extentMax = column ? m_defaultColWidth : m_defaultRowHeight;
9988     }
9989     else
9990     {
9991         if ( column )
9992             // leave some space around text
9993             extentMax += 10;
9994         else
9995             extentMax += 6;
9996     }
9997
9998     if ( column )
9999     {
10000         SetColSize( col, extentMax );
10001         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10002         {
10003             int cw, ch, dummy;
10004             m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
10005             wxRect rect ( CellToRect( 0, col ) );
10006             rect.y = 0;
10007             CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy);
10008             rect.width = cw - rect.x;
10009             rect.height = m_colLabelHeight;
10010             m_colLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
10011         }
10012     }
10013     else
10014     {
10015         SetRowSize(row, extentMax);
10016         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10017         {
10018             int cw, ch, dummy;
10019             m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
10020             wxRect rect( CellToRect( row, 0 ) );
10021             rect.x = 0;
10022             CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
10023             rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth;
10024             rect.height = ch - rect.y;
10025             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
10026         }
10027     }
10028
10029     if ( setAsMin )
10030     {
10031         if ( column )
10032             SetColMinimalWidth(col, extentMax);
10033         else
10034             SetRowMinimalHeight(row, extentMax);
10035     }
10036 }
10037
10038 int wxGrid::SetOrCalcColumnSizes(bool calcOnly, bool setAsMin)
10039 {
10040     int width = m_rowLabelWidth;
10041
10042     if ( !calcOnly )
10043         BeginBatch();
10044
10045     for ( int col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ )
10046     {
10047         if ( !calcOnly )
10048             AutoSizeColumn(col, setAsMin);
10049
10050         width += GetColWidth(col);
10051     }
10052
10053     if ( !calcOnly )
10054         EndBatch();
10055
10056     return width;
10057 }
10058
10059 int wxGrid::SetOrCalcRowSizes(bool calcOnly, bool setAsMin)
10060 {
10061     int height = m_colLabelHeight;
10062
10063     if ( !calcOnly )
10064         BeginBatch();
10065
10066     for ( int row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ )
10067     {
10068         if ( !calcOnly )
10069             AutoSizeRow(row, setAsMin);
10070
10071         height += GetRowHeight(row);
10072     }
10073
10074     if ( !calcOnly )
10075         EndBatch();
10076
10077     return height;
10078 }
10079
10080 void wxGrid::AutoSize()
10081 {
10082     BeginBatch();
10083
10084     wxSize size(SetOrCalcColumnSizes(false), SetOrCalcRowSizes(false));
10085
10086     // round up the size to a multiple of scroll step - this ensures that we
10087     // won't get the scrollbars if we're sized exactly to this width
10088     // CalcDimension adds m_extraWidth + 1 etc. to calculate the necessary
10089     // scrollbar steps
10090     wxSize sizeFit(
10091         GetScrollX(size.x + m_extraWidth + 1) * m_scrollLineX,
10092         GetScrollY(size.y + m_extraHeight + 1) * m_scrollLineY );
10093
10094     // distribute the extra space between the columns/rows to avoid having
10095     // extra white space
10096
10097     // Remove the extra m_extraWidth + 1 added above
10098     wxCoord diff = sizeFit.x - size.x + (m_extraWidth + 1);
10099     if ( diff && m_numCols )
10100     {
10101         // try to resize the columns uniformly
10102         wxCoord diffPerCol = diff / m_numCols;
10103         if ( diffPerCol )
10104         {
10105             for ( int col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ )
10106             {
10107                 SetColSize(col, GetColWidth(col) + diffPerCol);
10108             }
10109         }
10110
10111         // add remaining amount to the last columns
10112         diff -= diffPerCol * m_numCols;
10113         if ( diff )
10114         {
10115             for ( int col = m_numCols - 1; col >= m_numCols - diff; col-- )
10116             {
10117                 SetColSize(col, GetColWidth(col) + 1);
10118             }
10119         }
10120     }
10121
10122     // same for rows
10123     diff = sizeFit.y - size.y - (m_extraHeight + 1);
10124     if ( diff && m_numRows )
10125     {
10126         // try to resize the columns uniformly
10127         wxCoord diffPerRow = diff / m_numRows;
10128         if ( diffPerRow )
10129         {
10130             for ( int row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ )
10131             {
10132                 SetRowSize(row, GetRowHeight(row) + diffPerRow);
10133             }
10134         }
10135
10136         // add remaining amount to the last rows
10137         diff -= diffPerRow * m_numRows;
10138         if ( diff )
10139         {
10140             for ( int row = m_numRows - 1; row >= m_numRows - diff; row-- )
10141             {
10142                 SetRowSize(row, GetRowHeight(row) + 1);
10143             }
10144         }
10145     }
10146
10147     EndBatch();
10148
10149     SetClientSize(sizeFit);
10150 }
10151
10152 void wxGrid::AutoSizeRowLabelSize( int row )
10153 {
10154     wxArrayString lines;
10155     long w, h;
10156
10157     // Hide the edit control, so it
10158     // won't interfere with drag-shrinking.
10159     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
10160     {
10161         HideCellEditControl();
10162         SaveEditControlValue();
10163     }
10164
10165     // autosize row height depending on label text
10166     StringToLines( GetRowLabelValue( row ), lines );
10167     wxClientDC dc( m_rowLabelWin );
10168     GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &w, &h );
10169     if ( h < m_defaultRowHeight )
10170         h = m_defaultRowHeight;
10171     SetRowSize(row, h);
10172     ForceRefresh();
10173 }
10174
10175 void wxGrid::AutoSizeColLabelSize( int col )
10176 {
10177     wxArrayString lines;
10178     long w, h;
10179
10180     // Hide the edit control, so it
10181     // won't interfere with drag-shrinking.
10182     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
10183     {
10184         HideCellEditControl();
10185         SaveEditControlValue();
10186     }
10187
10188     // autosize column width depending on label text
10189     StringToLines( GetColLabelValue( col ), lines );
10190     wxClientDC dc( m_colLabelWin );
10191     if ( GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxHORIZONTAL )
10192         GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &w, &h );
10193     else
10194         GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &h, &w );
10195     if ( w < m_defaultColWidth )
10196         w = m_defaultColWidth;
10197     SetColSize(col, w);
10198     ForceRefresh();
10199 }
10200
10201 wxSize wxGrid::DoGetBestSize() const
10202 {
10203     // don't set sizes, only calculate them
10204     wxGrid *self = (wxGrid *)this;  // const_cast
10205
10206     int width, height;
10207     width = self->SetOrCalcColumnSizes(true);
10208     height = self->SetOrCalcRowSizes(true);
10209
10210     if (!width)
10211         width = 100;
10212     if (!height)
10213         height = 80;
10214
10215     // Round up to a multiple the scroll rate
10216     // NOTE: this still doesn't get rid of the scrollbars;
10217     // is there any magic incantation for that?
10218     int xpu, ypu;
10219     GetScrollPixelsPerUnit(&xpu, &ypu);
10220     if (xpu)
10221         width  += 1 + xpu - (width  % xpu);
10222     if (ypu)
10223         height += 1 + ypu - (height % ypu);
10224
10225     // limit to 1/4 of the screen size
10226     int maxwidth, maxheight;
10227     wxDisplaySize( &maxwidth, &maxheight );
10228     maxwidth /= 2;
10229     maxheight /= 2;
10230     if ( width > maxwidth )
10231         width = maxwidth;
10232     if ( height > maxheight )
10233         height = maxheight;
10234
10235     wxSize best(width, height);
10236
10237     // NOTE: This size should be cached, but first we need to add calls to
10238     // InvalidateBestSize everywhere that could change the results of this
10239     // calculation.
10240     // CacheBestSize(size);
10241
10242     return best;
10243 }
10244
10245 void wxGrid::Fit()
10246 {
10247     AutoSize();
10248 }
10249
10250 wxPen& wxGrid::GetDividerPen() const
10251 {
10252     return wxNullPen;
10253 }
10254
10255 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10256 // cell value accessor functions
10257 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10258
10259 void wxGrid::SetCellValue( int row, int col, const wxString& s )
10260 {
10261     if ( m_table )
10262     {
10263         m_table->SetValue( row, col, s );
10264         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10265         {
10266             int dummy;
10267             wxRect rect( CellToRect( row, col ) );
10268             rect.x = 0;
10269             rect.width = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth();
10270             CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
10271             m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
10272         }
10273
10274         if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() == row &&
10275              m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() == col &&
10276              IsCellEditControlShown())
10277              // Note: If we are using IsCellEditControlEnabled,
10278              // this interacts badly with calling SetCellValue from
10279              // an EVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE handler.
10280         {
10281             HideCellEditControl();
10282             ShowCellEditControl(); // will reread data from table
10283         }
10284     }
10285 }
10286
10287 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10288 // block, row and column selection
10289 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10290
10291 void wxGrid::SelectRow( int row, bool addToSelected )
10292 {
10293     if ( IsSelection() && !addToSelected )
10294         ClearSelection();
10295
10296     if ( m_selection )
10297         m_selection->SelectRow( row, false, addToSelected );
10298 }
10299
10300 void wxGrid::SelectCol( int col, bool addToSelected )
10301 {
10302     if ( IsSelection() && !addToSelected )
10303         ClearSelection();
10304
10305     if ( m_selection )
10306         m_selection->SelectCol( col, false, addToSelected );
10307 }
10308
10309 void wxGrid::SelectBlock( int topRow, int leftCol, int bottomRow, int rightCol,
10310                           bool addToSelected )
10311 {
10312     if ( IsSelection() && !addToSelected )
10313         ClearSelection();
10314
10315     if ( m_selection )
10316         m_selection->SelectBlock( topRow, leftCol, bottomRow, rightCol,
10317                                   false, addToSelected );
10318 }
10319
10320 void wxGrid::SelectAll()
10321 {
10322     if ( m_numRows > 0 && m_numCols > 0 )
10323     {
10324         if ( m_selection )
10325             m_selection->SelectBlock( 0, 0, m_numRows - 1, m_numCols - 1 );
10326     }
10327 }
10328
10329 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10330 // cell, row and col deselection
10331 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10332
10333 void wxGrid::DeselectRow( int row )
10334 {
10335     if ( !m_selection )
10336         return;
10337
10338     if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectRows )
10339     {
10340         if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(row, 0 ) )
10341             m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(row, 0);
10342     }
10343     else
10344     {
10345         int nCols = GetNumberCols();
10346         for ( int i = 0; i < nCols; i++ )
10347         {
10348             if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(row, i ) )
10349                 m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(row, i);
10350         }
10351     }
10352 }
10353
10354 void wxGrid::DeselectCol( int col )
10355 {
10356     if ( !m_selection )
10357         return;
10358
10359     if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectColumns )
10360     {
10361         if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(0, col ) )
10362             m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(0, col);
10363     }
10364     else
10365     {
10366         int nRows = GetNumberRows();
10367         for ( int i = 0; i < nRows; i++ )
10368         {
10369             if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(i, col ) )
10370                 m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(i, col);
10371         }
10372     }
10373 }
10374
10375 void wxGrid::DeselectCell( int row, int col )
10376 {
10377     if ( m_selection && m_selection->IsInSelection(row, col) )
10378         m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(row, col);
10379 }
10380
10381 bool wxGrid::IsSelection()
10382 {
10383     return ( m_selection && (m_selection->IsSelection() ||
10384              ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
10385                m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords) ) );
10386 }
10387
10388 bool wxGrid::IsInSelection( int row, int col ) const
10389 {
10390     return ( m_selection && (m_selection->IsInSelection( row, col ) ||
10391              ( row >= m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow() &&
10392                col >= m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol() &&
10393                row <= m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow() &&
10394                col <= m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol() )) );
10395 }
10396
10397 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectedCells() const
10398 {
10399     if (!m_selection)
10400     {
10401         wxGridCellCoordsArray a;
10402         return a;
10403     }
10404
10405     return m_selection->m_cellSelection;
10406 }
10407
10408 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectionBlockTopLeft() const
10409 {
10410     if (!m_selection)
10411     {
10412         wxGridCellCoordsArray a;
10413         return a;
10414     }
10415
10416     return m_selection->m_blockSelectionTopLeft;
10417 }
10418
10419 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectionBlockBottomRight() const
10420 {
10421     if (!m_selection)
10422     {
10423         wxGridCellCoordsArray a;
10424         return a;
10425     }
10426
10427     return m_selection->m_blockSelectionBottomRight;
10428 }
10429
10430 wxArrayInt wxGrid::GetSelectedRows() const
10431 {
10432     if (!m_selection)
10433     {
10434         wxArrayInt a;
10435         return a;
10436     }
10437
10438     return m_selection->m_rowSelection;
10439 }
10440
10441 wxArrayInt wxGrid::GetSelectedCols() const
10442 {
10443     if (!m_selection)
10444     {
10445         wxArrayInt a;
10446         return a;
10447     }
10448
10449     return m_selection->m_colSelection;
10450 }
10451
10452 void wxGrid::ClearSelection()
10453 {
10454     m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
10455     m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
10456     if ( m_selection )
10457         m_selection->ClearSelection();
10458 }
10459
10460 // This function returns the rectangle that encloses the given block
10461 // in device coords clipped to the client size of the grid window.
10462 //
10463 wxRect wxGrid::BlockToDeviceRect( const wxGridCellCoords &topLeft,
10464                                   const wxGridCellCoords &bottomRight )
10465 {
10466     wxRect rect( wxGridNoCellRect );
10467     wxRect cellRect;
10468
10469     cellRect = CellToRect( topLeft );
10470     if ( cellRect != wxGridNoCellRect )
10471     {
10472         rect = cellRect;
10473     }
10474     else
10475     {
10476         rect = wxRect(0, 0, 0, 0);
10477     }
10478
10479     cellRect = CellToRect( bottomRight );
10480     if ( cellRect != wxGridNoCellRect )
10481     {
10482         rect += cellRect;
10483     }
10484     else
10485     {
10486         return wxGridNoCellRect;
10487     }
10488
10489     int i, j;
10490     int left = rect.GetLeft();
10491     int top = rect.GetTop();
10492     int right = rect.GetRight();
10493     int bottom = rect.GetBottom();
10494
10495     int leftCol = topLeft.GetCol();
10496     int topRow = topLeft.GetRow();
10497     int rightCol = bottomRight.GetCol();
10498     int bottomRow = bottomRight.GetRow();
10499
10500     if (left > right)
10501     {
10502         i = left;
10503         left = right;
10504         right = i;
10505         i = leftCol;
10506         leftCol = rightCol;
10507         rightCol = i;
10508     }
10509
10510     if (top > bottom)
10511     {
10512         i = top;
10513         top = bottom;
10514         bottom = i;
10515         i = topRow;
10516         topRow = bottomRow;
10517         bottomRow = i;
10518     }
10519
10520     for ( j = topRow; j <= bottomRow; j++ )
10521     {
10522         for ( i = leftCol; i <= rightCol; i++ )
10523         {
10524             if ((j == topRow) || (j == bottomRow) || (i == leftCol) || (i == rightCol))
10525             {
10526                 cellRect = CellToRect( j, i );
10527
10528                 if (cellRect.x < left)
10529                     left = cellRect.x;
10530                 if (cellRect.y < top)
10531                     top = cellRect.y;
10532                 if (cellRect.x + cellRect.width > right)
10533                     right = cellRect.x + cellRect.width;
10534                 if (cellRect.y + cellRect.height > bottom)
10535                     bottom = cellRect.y + cellRect.height;
10536             }
10537             else
10538             {
10539                 i = rightCol; // jump over inner cells.
10540             }
10541         }
10542     }
10543
10544     // convert to scrolled coords
10545     //
10546     CalcScrolledPosition( left, top, &left, &top );
10547     CalcScrolledPosition( right, bottom, &right, &bottom );
10548
10549     int cw, ch;
10550     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
10551
10552     if (right < 0 || bottom < 0 || left > cw || top > ch)
10553         return wxRect(0,0,0,0);
10554
10555     rect.SetLeft( wxMax(0, left) );
10556     rect.SetTop( wxMax(0, top) );
10557     rect.SetRight( wxMin(cw, right) );
10558     rect.SetBottom( wxMin(ch, bottom) );
10559
10560     return rect;
10561 }
10562
10563 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10564 // grid event classes
10565 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10566
10567 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridEvent, wxNotifyEvent )
10568
10569 wxGridEvent::wxGridEvent( int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,
10570                           int row, int col, int x, int y, bool sel,
10571                           bool control, bool shift, bool alt, bool meta )
10572         : wxNotifyEvent( type, id )
10573 {
10574     m_row = row;
10575     m_col = col;
10576     m_x = x;
10577     m_y = y;
10578     m_selecting = sel;
10579     m_control = control;
10580     m_shift = shift;
10581     m_alt = alt;
10582     m_meta = meta;
10583
10584     SetEventObject(obj);
10585 }
10586
10587
10588 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridSizeEvent, wxNotifyEvent )
10589
10590 wxGridSizeEvent::wxGridSizeEvent( int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,
10591                                   int rowOrCol, int x, int y,
10592                                   bool control, bool shift, bool alt, bool meta )
10593         : wxNotifyEvent( type, id )
10594 {
10595     m_rowOrCol = rowOrCol;
10596     m_x = x;
10597     m_y = y;
10598     m_control = control;
10599     m_shift = shift;
10600     m_alt = alt;
10601     m_meta = meta;
10602
10603     SetEventObject(obj);
10604 }
10605
10606
10607 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridRangeSelectEvent, wxNotifyEvent )
10608
10609 wxGridRangeSelectEvent::wxGridRangeSelectEvent(int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,
10610                                                const wxGridCellCoords& topLeft,
10611                                                const wxGridCellCoords& bottomRight,
10612                                                bool sel, bool control,
10613                                                bool shift, bool alt, bool meta )
10614         : wxNotifyEvent( type, id )
10615 {
10616     m_topLeft = topLeft;
10617     m_bottomRight = bottomRight;
10618     m_selecting = sel;
10619     m_control = control;
10620     m_shift = shift;
10621     m_alt = alt;
10622     m_meta = meta;
10623
10624     SetEventObject(obj);
10625 }
10626
10627
10628 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridEditorCreatedEvent, wxCommandEvent)
10629
10630 wxGridEditorCreatedEvent::wxGridEditorCreatedEvent(int id, wxEventType type,
10631                                                    wxObject* obj, int row,
10632                                                    int col, wxControl* ctrl)
10633     : wxCommandEvent(type, id)
10634 {
10635     SetEventObject(obj);
10636     m_row = row;
10637     m_col = col;
10638     m_ctrl = ctrl;
10639 }
10640
10641 #endif // wxUSE_GRID